WO2023016374A1 - Method and apparatus used in communication node for radio communication - Google Patents

Method and apparatus used in communication node for radio communication Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023016374A1
WO2023016374A1 PCT/CN2022/110571 CN2022110571W WO2023016374A1 WO 2023016374 A1 WO2023016374 A1 WO 2023016374A1 CN 2022110571 W CN2022110571 W CN 2022110571W WO 2023016374 A1 WO2023016374 A1 WO 2023016374A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
resource
signaling
tci state
resources
pci
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/110571
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张晓博
于巧玲
Original Assignee
上海朗帛通信技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202110922866.8A external-priority patent/CN115913480B/en
Application filed by 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 filed Critical 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司
Priority to CN202280006930.0A priority Critical patent/CN116438831A/en
Publication of WO2023016374A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023016374A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/04Arrangements for maintaining operational condition

Definitions

  • the present application relates to a transmission method and device in a wireless communication system, in particular to a mobility transmission method and device.
  • Network Controlled mobility includes cell level mobility (cell level) and beam level mobility (beam level), where cell level mobility depends on RRC (Radio Resource Control, Radio Resource Control) signaling, beam-level mobility does not involve RRC signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control, Radio Resource Control
  • the 3GPPRAN#80 meeting decided to carry out the "Further enhancements on MIMO for NR" work item (WorkIterm, WI) to support multi-beam (multi-beam) operation (operation), aiming at Layer 1 (Layer 1, L1)/Layer 2 ( Layer 2, L2)-centric inter-cell mobility (L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility) and inter-cell multiple TRP (multiple Transmit/Receive Point, mTRP) are enhanced.
  • the network configures the radio parameters of another cell to the UE through RRC message, and the UE is within the coverage of the serving cell (Serving cell) , the TRP of another cell can be used for data transmission, and the other cell and the serving cell have different PCIs (Physical Cell Identifier, physical cell identifier).
  • PCIs Physical Cell Identifier, physical cell identifier
  • the present application is also applicable to, for example, Layer 3 handover or sidelink scenarios, and achieves similar technical effects.
  • adopting a unified solution for different scenarios can also help reduce hardware complexity and cost.
  • the explanation of the term (Terminology) in this application refers to the definition of the TS38 series of standard protocols of 3GPP.
  • the present application discloses a first node used for wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
  • the first receiver receives a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate for a first control resource set (CORESET, Control Resource Set) TCI (Transmission Configuration Indicator, sending configuration indication) state set, the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes at least one TCI state; evaluate whether a wireless link failure occurs according to the first RS resource group, the second An RS resource group includes at least one RS resource;
  • CORESET Control Resource Set
  • TCI Transmission Configuration Indicator, sending configuration indication
  • the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state
  • the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set
  • the first The TCI state indicates at least the first RS resource
  • at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS (Reference Signal, reference signal) resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the first node is not Configure RadioLinkMonitoringRS.
  • the first node does not receive signaling dedicated to configuring RS resources for RLF measurement.
  • the maximum number of indexes of SSB (Synchronization Signal/Physical Broadcast CHannel block, synchronization signal broadcast block) on the serving cell of the first node is not less than 8.
  • the activity of CORESET Whether the RS resource included in the TCI state is used for RLF measurement is only related to the period length of the search space (Search Space) associated with the CORESET in the time domain or the index of the CORESET; and in the above method, the active TCI of the CORESET Whether the RS resources included in the state are used for RLF measurement is related to the signaling of the configuration candidate TCI state set, which provides a more flexible possibility of selecting RS resources for RLF measurement, and better adapts to different mobile scenarios. need.
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control CHannel, physical downlink control channel
  • the present application discloses a method used in a first node of wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
  • the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling
  • the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate TCI state set of a first set of control resources, and the set of TCI states of the first set of control resources
  • the set of candidate TCI states includes at least one TCI state
  • the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state
  • the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set
  • the first The TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource
  • at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS.
  • the method used in the first node of wireless communication is characterized in that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to
  • the first RS resource group includes: whether the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes RS resources associated to the first PCI is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
  • the above method can flexibly determine the RS resource used for RLF measurement according to whether it is associated with the first PCI, which improves configuration flexibility.
  • the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that if each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes The RS resource of is not associated to the first PCI, and the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; if the RS included in each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set A resource is associated to a first PCI, and the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group.
  • the above method excludes RS resources only included in the active TCI state of the CORESET associated with the first PCI, so as to maintain better compatibility with the existing NR system.
  • the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
  • the second signaling includes an identifier of the first control resource set and an identifier of a TCI state
  • the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the first TCI state is the first control resource set of the The TCI state identifier in the candidate TCI state set is the TCI state identified by the one TCI state included in the second signaling, and whether the first TCI state includes that the RS resource associated to the first PCI is used For determining whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; the second signaling indicates that the first TCI state is applied to the first set of control resources.
  • the above method correlates whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group to the active TCI state of the CORESET, so that RS resources for RLF measurement can be configured in a more timely manner.
  • the measurement of the first RS resource by the first node device before receiving the second signaling is not Included in the act is to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs based on the first set of RS resources.
  • the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that whether the first TCI state in the sentence includes that the RS resource associated to the first PCI is used Determining whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: if the first TCI state does not include an RS resource associated to the first PCI, the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group. An RS resource group; if the first TCI state includes RS resources associated with the first PCI, the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group.
  • the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
  • the second protocol layer is above the first protocol layer
  • the second signaling is the signaling of the first protocol layer
  • the first notification is used by the second protocol layer to determine Whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
  • the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that the first signaling set includes Q1 signaling, and the Q1 is greater than 1 and not greater than A positive integer of 64; the Q1 signalings correspond to the Q1 control resource sets respectively, and any signaling in the Q1 signalings indicates the candidate TCI state set of the corresponding control resource set; the first signaling is One of the Q1 signalings, the first control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the first signaling in the Q1 control resource sets; according to the first monitoring cycle from short to long, Secondly, the order of the control resource set identifiers from high to low is only when the number of control resource sets that are ranked before the first control resource set in the Q2 control resource sets does not exceed the difference obtained by subtracting 1 from the first value.
  • the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; the Q2 control resource sets are those that are not associated with the first RS resource set in the Q1 control resource set A set of all control resources of a PCI is composed, and the first value is a positive integer not less than 2 and not greater than 64.
  • the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
  • the RRC_IDLE state is entered.
  • the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
  • the third signaling is higher layer signaling.
  • the present application discloses a method used in a second node of wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
  • the first signaling set includes at least first signaling
  • the first signaling is used to indicate the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set, the first control resource set
  • the candidate TCI state set includes at least one TCI state
  • the first RS resource group is used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs, and the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource;
  • the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state
  • the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set
  • the first The TCI state indicates at least the first RS resource
  • at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the sender of the third signaling is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS
  • the third signaling is sent in response to assessing the occurrence of a radio link failure.
  • the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to
  • the first RS resource group includes: whether the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes RS resources associated to the first PCI is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
  • the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that if each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes The RS resource of is not associated to the first PCI, and the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; if the RS included in each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set A resource is associated to a first PCI, and the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group.
  • the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
  • the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the first TCI state is the first control resource set of the The TCI state identifier in the candidate TCI state set is the TCI state identified by the one TCI state included in the second signaling, and whether the first TCI state includes that the RS resource associated to the first PCI is used For determining whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; the second signaling indicates that the first TCI state is applied to the first set of control resources.
  • the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that whether the first TCI state in the sentence includes that the RS resource associated to the first PCI is used Determining whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: if the first TCI state does not include an RS resource associated to the first PCI, the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group. An RS resource group; if the first TCI state includes RS resources associated with the first PCI, the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group.
  • the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that, as a response to receiving the second signaling, the first notification is received from the third signaling
  • the first protocol layer of the sender of the third signaling is transferred to the second protocol layer of the sender of the third signaling; the second protocol layer is above the first protocol layer, and the second signaling is the Signaling of the first protocol layer, the first notification is used by the second protocol layer to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
  • the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that the first signaling set includes Q1 signaling, and the Q1 is greater than 1 and not greater than A positive integer of 64; the Q1 signalings correspond to the Q1 control resource sets respectively, and any signaling in the Q1 signalings indicates the candidate TCI state set of the corresponding control resource set; the first signaling is One of the Q1 signalings, the first control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the first signaling in the Q1 control resource sets; according to the first monitoring cycle from short to long, Secondly, the order of the control resource set identifiers from high to low is only when the number of control resource sets that are ranked before the first control resource set in the Q2 control resource sets does not exceed the difference obtained by subtracting 1 from the first value.
  • the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; the Q2 control resource sets are those that are not associated with the first RS resource set in the Q1 control resource set A set of all control resources of a PCI is composed, and the first value is a positive integer not less than 2 and not greater than 64.
  • the present application discloses a second node used for wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
  • the second transmitter sends a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate TCI state set of a first control resource set, the first signaling set
  • the candidate TCI state set of a control resource set includes at least one TCI state
  • the first RS resource group evaluation is used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs, and the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource;
  • the second receiver receives third signaling, where the third signaling is higher layer signaling
  • the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state
  • the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set
  • the first The TCI state indicates at least the first RS resource
  • at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the sender of the third signaling is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS
  • the third signaling is sent in response to assessing the occurrence of a radio link failure.
  • this application has the following advantages:
  • the present application discloses a first node used for wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
  • a first node used for wireless communication including:
  • the first receiver receives first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS (Reference Signal, reference signal) resource group, where the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a first RS resource subgroup Two RS resource subgroups; each RS resource in the first RS resource subgroup is associated to a first PCI, and each RS resource in the second RS resource subgroup is associated to a second PCI;
  • first RS Reference Signal, reference signal
  • the first receiver evaluates whether a radio link failure (RLF, Radio Link Failure) occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources, and the no more than L1 RS resources are the first RS A subset of a resource subset, the no more than L2 RS resources are a subset of the second RS resource subset;
  • RLF Radio Link Failure
  • the L1 depends on at least the former of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB (Synchronization Signal/Physical Broadcast CHannel block, synchronization signal broadcast block) indexes of the second cell, the second a cell is identified by said first PCI; said L2 is dependent on at least the latter of a maximum number of SSB indices for a first cell and a maximum number of SSB indices for a second cell, said second cell being identified by said Second PCI identifier.
  • SSB Synchrom Broadcast CHannel block, synchronization signal broadcast block
  • the present application discloses a method used in a first node of wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
  • first signaling where the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS (Reference Signal, reference signal) resource group, where the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a second RS resource subgroup ;
  • Each RS resource in the first RS resource subgroup is associated to a first PCI, and each RS resource in the second RS resource subgroup is associated to a second PCI;
  • the L1 depends on at least the former of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB (Synchronization Signal/Physical Broadcast CHannel block, synchronization signal broadcast block) indexes of the second cell, the second a cell is identified by said first PCI; said L2 is dependent on at least the latter of a maximum number of SSB indices for a first cell and a maximum number of SSB indices for a second cell, said second cell being identified by said Second PCI identifier.
  • SSB Synchrom Broadcast CHannel block, synchronization signal broadcast block
  • an advantage of the above method is that RS resources associated with two PCIs are used to test one RLF.
  • an advantage of the above method is that it avoids sending downlink signaling to explicitly instruct the first node how to select an RS resource associated with each PCI, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
  • the second cell is a Spcell (Special Cell, special cell) of the first node.
  • the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell is smaller than the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
  • the method used in the first node of wireless communication is characterized in that the number of RS resources used for evaluating whether a wireless link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the L3 is less than The sum of said L1 plus said L2, said L3 depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
  • the advantage of the above method is that it avoids blindly expanding the maximum number of RS resources supported by the first node for RLF measurement, and reduces the complexity overhead of the first node.
  • the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
  • the number of RS resources used for evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the first message indicates the L3.
  • the L3 is equal to the sum of the L1 plus the L2, the L1 only depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell; the L2 only depends on the second The maximum number of SSB indices for a cell.
  • determining the L3 according to the indication of the first node provides an opportunity to maintain better compatibility with the existing system, for example, both L1 and L2 are compatible with the existing system.
  • the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that the number of RS resources included in the no more than L1 RS resources is not less than the first reserved value , the number of RS resources included in the no more than L2 RS resources is not less than the second reserved value.
  • the above method can ensure that the number of RS resources associated with each PCI is not lower than a specific reserved value, so as to ensure the quality of monitoring for each cell.
  • both the first reserved value and the second reserved value are positive integers.
  • both the first reserved value and the second reserved value are constant 1.
  • the first reserved value depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the number of RS resources associated with the first PCI in the first RS resource group. at least the former of the former; the second reserved value depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell and the number of RS resources in the first RS resource group associated to the second PCI At least the former of the two.
  • the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
  • the number of the RS resources associated with the first PCI in the first RS resource subgroup is larger than the L1
  • the number of the RS resources associated with the second PCI in the second RS resource subgroup is The quantity of the RS resources is greater than the L2.
  • the RS resources are selected in the order of monitoring periods from short to long, and control resource set identifiers from high to low.
  • the RS resources are selected according to the order of the monitoring period from short to long, followed by the type of the RS resource, and the identification of the RS resource.
  • the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
  • the first signaling is an RRC layer message
  • the second signaling is a protocol layer message under the RRC layer
  • the behavior of receiving the second signaling is based on the behavior not exceeding L1 RS resources and No more than L2 RS resources before assessing whether a radio link failure occurs
  • the PCI to which the at least one RS resource in the first RS resource group is associated is the first PCI and the second PCI one of them.
  • the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
  • the third signaling is higher layer signaling.
  • the present application discloses a second node used for wireless communication, including:
  • the second transmitter sends first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS resource group, where the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a second RS resource subgroup; Each RS resource in the first RS resource subgroup is associated to a first PCI, and each RS resource in the second RS resource subgroup is associated to a second PCI;
  • no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources are used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs, the no more than L1 RS resources are a subset of the first RS resource subset, and the no more than L1 RS resources are a subset of the first RS resource subset, More than L2 RS resources are a subset of the second subset of RS resources; the L1 depends on at least the former of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell, so The first cell is identified by the first PCI; the L2 depends on at least the latter of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell, the second cell is identified by The second PCI identifier.
  • the present application discloses a method used in a second node of wireless communication, including:
  • Sending first signaling where the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS resource group, where the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a second RS resource subgroup; the first RS resource each RS resource in the subgroup is associated to a first PCI, and each RS resource in the second subgroup of RS resources is associated to a second PCI;
  • no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources are used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs, the no more than L1 RS resources are a subset of the first RS resource subset, and the no more than L1 RS resources are a subset of the first RS resource subset, More than L2 RS resources are a subset of the second subset of RS resources; the L1 depends on at least the former of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell, so The first cell is identified by the first PCI; the L2 depends on at least the latter of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell, the second cell is identified by The second PCI identifier.
  • the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that the number of RS resources used for evaluating whether a wireless link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the L3 is less than The sum of said L1 plus said L2, said L3 depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
  • the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
  • the number of RS resources used for evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the first message indicates the L3.
  • the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that the number of RS resources included in the no more than L1 RS resources is not less than the first reserved value , the number of RS resources included in the no more than L2 RS resources is not less than the second reserved value.
  • the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
  • the first signaling is an RRC layer message
  • the second signaling is a protocol layer message under the RRC layer
  • the behavior of receiving the second signaling is based on the behavior not exceeding L1 RS resources and No more than L2 RS resources before assessing whether a radio link failure occurs
  • the PCI to which the at least one RS resource in the first RS resource group is associated is the first PCI and the second PCI one of them.
  • the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
  • the third signaling is a higher layer signaling, and the radio link failure is evaluated according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources, and is used to trigger the third signaling.
  • the present application has at least one of the following advantages:
  • FIG. 1 shows a flow chart of transmission of a first signaling set according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 1A shows a flow chart of evaluating whether RLF occurs according to one embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a wireless protocol architecture of a user plane and a control plane according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a first communication device and a second communication device according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5 shows a flow chart of wireless signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5A shows a flow chart of wireless signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 shows a flow chart of transmitting RS resources according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6A shows a flow chart of transmitting RS resources according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of time domain resources occupied by a PDCCH according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 7A shows a flowchart of determining L RS resources according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of an RS resource in the time domain according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 8A shows a schematic diagram of time domain resources occupied by a PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control CHannel, Physical Downlink Control Channel) according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control CHannel, Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • FIG. 9 shows a flow chart of transmitting a third signaling according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9A shows a flow chart of transmitting a third signaling according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 10 shows a schematic diagram of the relationship between the first cell and the second cell according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 11 shows a schematic diagram of a reporting cycle and an evaluation cycle according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 11A shows a schematic diagram of a reporting cycle and an evaluation cycle according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 12 shows a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a first node according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 13 shows a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a second node according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 14 shows a schematic diagram of delivering a first notification according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 15 shows a schematic diagram of an RS resource in the time domain according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Embodiment 1 illustrates a flow chart of transmission of a first signaling set according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 1 .
  • each box represents a step.
  • the first node 100 in this application receives a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least the first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate The candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set, the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes at least one TCI state; in step 102, it is evaluated according to the first RS resource group whether a radio link failure occurs, so The first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource;
  • the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state
  • the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set
  • the first TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource
  • at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS.
  • the first signaling set is higher layer signaling.
  • the first signaling includes a downlink (Downlink, DL) signaling.
  • Downlink Downlink
  • the first signaling includes a side link (Sidelink, SL) signaling.
  • Sidelink Sidelink
  • the first signaling is an RRC message.
  • the first signaling includes at least one RRC message.
  • the first signaling includes at least one IE (Information element, information element) in the RRC message.
  • IE Information element, information element
  • the first signaling includes at least one field (Field) in the RRC message.
  • the first signaling set is RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) layer signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control, radio resource control
  • the identifier of the first control resource set is 0, the first signaling includes PDSCH-Config IE (Information Element, information element), the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set Include tci-States-ToAddModList in the PDSCH-Config IE.
  • PDSCH-Config IE Information Element, information element
  • the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes tci-States-ToReleaseList in the PDSCH-Config IE.
  • the identifier of the first control resource set is not 0, and the first signaling includes tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList.
  • the first signaling includes tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList.
  • the first signaling belongs to the controlResourceSet IE used to configure the first control resource set.
  • the first signaling belongs to the controlResourceSet IE used to configure the first control resource set and does not include the controlResourceSetId.
  • the identifier of the first control resource set is not 0, and the first signaling only includes tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList and tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList.
  • the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set only includes one TCI state
  • the active TCI state of the first control resource set is the candidate of the first control resource set The TCI state included in the TCI state set.
  • the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set only includes multiple TCI states, and the active TCI state of the first control resource set is indicated by the second signaling.
  • the first signaling set only includes at least the first signaling, that is, the first signaling set is the first signaling.
  • At least one TCI state in which the first node is configured to receive the PDCCH includes a CSI-RS (Channel Status Information Reference Signal, channel state information reference signal) resource.
  • CSI-RS Channel Status Information Reference Signal, channel state information reference signal
  • the behavior evaluates whether a wireless link occurs according to the first RS resource group failed to be executed.
  • the above CSI-RS resource is configured to a BWP (BandWidth Part, bandwidth part) to which the first control resource set belongs.
  • BWP BandWidth Part, bandwidth part
  • the above CSI-RS resource is configured to a carrier component (Component Carrier) to which the first control resource set belongs.
  • Component Carrier a carrier component
  • the behavior is evaluated according to the first RS resource group only when there is at least one TCI state in which the first node is configured to receive the PDCCH including the CSI-RS resource associated to the second PCI It is executed only if a radio link failure occurs, and the second PCI is the PCI of the serving cell of the first node.
  • the above CSI-RS resource is configured to a BWP (BandWidth Part, bandwidth part) to which the first control resource set belongs.
  • BWP BandWidth Part, bandwidth part
  • the above CSI-RS resource is configured to a carrier component (Component Carrier) to which the first control resource set belongs.
  • Component Carrier a carrier component
  • the first RS resource is a CSI-RS resource.
  • the first RS resource if the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, the first RS resource is used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs; if the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group An RS resource group, the first RS resource is not used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs.
  • the phrase that the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS means that the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS on the BWP (BandWidth Part, bandwidth part) to which the first control resource set belongs.
  • the phrase that the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS means that the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS on the carrier component (Carrier Component) to which the first control resource set belongs.
  • the phrase that the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS means that the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS on the serving cell to which the first control resource set belongs.
  • the first control resource set and the first RS resource are on the same BWP.
  • the first control resource set is on the same BWP as any RS resource in the first RS resource group.
  • the first TCI state only includes the first RS resource.
  • the first RS resource is the RS resource whose qcl-type is configured as typeD among the RS resources included in the first TCI state.
  • the first TCI state only includes the first RS resource; or, the first TCI state includes two RS resources, and the first RS resource is qcl- The RS resource whose type is configured as typeD.
  • the active TCI state of the first control resource set refers to a TCI state currently applied to the first control resource set.
  • any RS resource in the first RS resource group is a CSI-RS resource or an SSB indicated by an ssb-Index.
  • any RS resource in the first RS resource group is a CSI-RS resource.
  • the first signaling set is transmitted through the uu interface.
  • the first signaling set is transmitted through the PC5 port.
  • the step of evaluating whether a wireless link failure occurs according to the first RS resource group includes: evaluating whether out-of-sync occurs according to at least some RS resources in the first RS resource group, and if out-of-sync occurs, the first The physical layer of the node 100 indicates out-of-sync to the higher layer of said first node 100 .
  • the step of evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs according to the first RS resource group includes: evaluating whether synchronization is maintained according to at least part of the RS resources in the first RS resource group, and if synchronization is maintained, the first node 100 The physical layer of the first node 100 indicates in-sync to a higher layer.
  • the radio link quality of each of the at least some RS resources in the first RS resource group is worse than a first threshold, it is estimated that out-of-synchronization occurs; if the first RS The radio link quality of any one of the at least some RS resources in the resource group is better than a second threshold, and the evaluation is kept in sync; the first threshold and the second threshold are respectively configurable.
  • the first threshold and the second threshold are Q out and Qin respectively.
  • the at least part of the RS resources in the first RS resource group are all RS resources in the first RS resource group.
  • the higher layer of the first node 100 receives consecutive Q1 out-of-sync indications and is used to trigger and start a first timer, and the expiration of the first timer is used to determine When the wireless link fails, the Q1 is configurable.
  • the Q1 is N310
  • the first timer is T310
  • the indication that the higher layer of the first node 100 receives consecutive Q2 in-syncs is used to trigger the stop of the first timer, and the expiration of the first timer is used to determine the occurrence of the If the wireless link fails, the Q2 is configurable.
  • the Q2 is N311, and the first timer is T310.
  • the radio link quality includes: RSRP (Reference Signal Received Power, reference signal received power) measurement result.
  • RSRP Reference Signal Received Power, reference signal received power
  • the radio link quality includes: RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality, reference signal received quality) measurement result.
  • RSRQ Reference Signal Received Quality, reference signal received quality
  • the wireless link quality includes: BLER (Block Error Ratio, block error rate).
  • each reporting period is performed to evaluate whether out-of-synchronization occurs and whether synchronization is maintained according to at least a part of RS resources in the first RS resource group.
  • the reporting period does not exceed 10 milliseconds.
  • the reporting period is the maximum value between the shortest period of the first RS resource group and 10 milliseconds.
  • Embodiment 1A illustrates the evaluation of whether RLF occurs according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 1A .
  • each box represents a step.
  • the first node 100a in this application receives the first signaling in step 101a, the first signaling is used to indicate the first RS resource group, and the first RS resource group includes the first RS resource group A subgroup of RS resources and a second subgroup of RS resources; each RS resource in the first subgroup of RS resources is associated to the first PCI, and each RS resource in the second subgroup of RS resources is associated to the second PCI; in step 102a, evaluate whether a wireless link failure occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources, and the no more than L1 RS resources are subgroups of the first RS resource subgroup set, the no more than L2 RS resources are a subset of the second RS resource subset;
  • the L1 depends on at least the former of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell, the first cell is identified by the first PCI; Said L2 depends on at least the latter of a maximum number of SSB indices for a first cell and a maximum number of SSB indices for a second cell, said second cell being identified by said second PCI.
  • the first RS resource subgroup and the second RS resource subgroup respectively include at least one RS resource.
  • the first signaling is higher layer signaling.
  • the first signaling includes a downlink (Downlink, DL) signaling.
  • Downlink Downlink
  • the first signaling includes a side link (Sidelink, SL) signaling.
  • Sidelink Sidelink
  • the first signaling includes at least one RRC message.
  • the first signaling includes at least one RRC layer IE (Information element, information element).
  • RRC layer IE Information element, information element
  • the first signaling set is RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) layer signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control, radio resource control
  • the first signaling includes RadioLinkMonitoringConfig IE (Information Element, information element).
  • each RS resource in the first RS resource group is configured by one RadioLinkMonitoringRS IE.
  • the first node 100 is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS, and the first signaling includes at least one TCI (Transmission Configuration Indicator, transmission configuration indication) status used to configure PDCCH reception.
  • TCI Transmission Configuration Indicator, transmission configuration indication
  • the active (active) TCI state used for PDCCH reception includes only one RS resource
  • the one RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
  • the RS resource whose qcl-type is set to typeD among the two RS resources belongs to the A first RS resource group.
  • the first signaling includes a PDSCH-Config IE (Information Element, information element), and there is an active TCI state in the active TCI state used for PDCCH reception that belongs to the PDSCH-Config IE A TCI-state in tci-States-ToAddModList or tci-States-ToReleaseList.
  • PDSCH-Config IE Information Element, information element
  • the first signaling includes at least one tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList, and each tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList in the at least one tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList includes one active TCI state.
  • the first signaling includes at least one tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList, and each tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList in the at least one tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList includes one active TCI state.
  • the second signaling is used to indicate from the tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList and/or tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList of the corresponding CORESET for PDCCH reception Active TCI status.
  • the second signaling is a MAC CE (TCI State Indication for UE-specific PDCCH MAC CE) indicating the TCI state of the UE-specific PDCCH.
  • MAC CE TCI State Indication for UE-specific PDCCH MAC CE
  • the second signaling is a DCI (Downlink Control Information, downlink control information).
  • DCI Downlink Control Information, downlink control information
  • each RS resource in the first RS resource group is a CSI-RS (Channel Status Information Reference Signal, channel state information reference signal) resource or an SSB indicated by an ssb-index.
  • CSI-RS Channel Status Information Reference Signal, channel state information reference signal
  • each RS resource in the first RS resource group is included in a TCI state (TCI-state).
  • the behavior is based on no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources.
  • RS resource evaluation is performed only if a radio link failure occurs.
  • the behavior is performed on an active downlink BWP (BandWidth Part, bandwidth part) according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs.
  • BWP BandWidth Part, bandwidth part
  • each RS resource in the first RS resource group is configured for an active downlink BWP (BandWidth Part, bandwidth part).
  • each RS resource in the first RS resource group is configured to the same component carrier (Component Carrier).
  • any RS resource in the first RS resource group is a CSI-RS resource or an SSB indicated by an ssb-Index.
  • any RS resource in the first RS resource group is a CSI-RS resource.
  • the first signaling set is transmitted through the uu interface.
  • the first signaling set is transmitted through the PC5 port.
  • neither the L1 nor the L2 is greater than 8.
  • the sum of the L1 plus the L2 is not greater than 12.
  • the number of RS resources in the first RS resource subgroup is greater than the L1.
  • the number of RS resources in the second RS resource subgroup is greater than the L2.
  • the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell is related to the subcarrier spacing of the SSB of the first cell
  • the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell is related to the second It is related to the subcarrier spacing of the SSB of the cell.
  • the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell is one of 4, 8 or 64
  • the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell is 4, 8 or 64 one of them.
  • the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell is Lmax of the first cell
  • the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell is Lmax of the second cell
  • the L1 only depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell
  • the L2 only depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
  • the L1 and the L2 are respectively determined by looking up a table.
  • the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell is 4, 8 or 64, and the corresponding L1 is 2, 4 or 8 respectively;
  • the SSB of the second cell Said maximum number of indexes is 4, 8 or 64, correspondingly said L2 is 2, 4 or 8 respectively.
  • the L1 is used to evaluate whether a wireless link failure occurs
  • the maximum number of RS resources based on the assumption that the first RS resource group only includes RS resources associated with the second PCI, the L2 is the maximum number of RS resources used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs quantity.
  • the L1 depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
  • the L2 depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
  • the L1 and the L2 are:
  • I1, I2, I3, . . . , I9 and J1, J2, J3, . . . , J9 are all fixed constants.
  • the maximum value of I1, I2, I3, ..., I9 and J1, J2, J3, ..., J9 is 8, I1, I2, I3, ..., I9 and J1, J2 , J3, . . . , the minimum value of J9 is 2.
  • the L1 and the L2 are:
  • the number of RS resources used for evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the L3 is not greater than the sum of the L1 plus the L2.
  • the total number of RS resources included in the no more than L1 RS resources and the no more than L2 RS resources does not exceed L3; the L3 is no greater than the sum of the L1 plus the L2.
  • the L3 is smaller than the sum of the L1 plus the L2.
  • the L3 is the larger value of the L1 and the L2.
  • the L3 is the sum of the L1 plus the L2.
  • the L3 depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
  • the L3 is:
  • the K1 is 4, and the K6 is 8.
  • the L3 is:
  • the L3 is:
  • the number of RS resources included in the no more than L1 RS resources does not exceed the difference obtained by subtracting L4 from L3;
  • the L4 is the number of RS resources included in the RS resources not exceeding L2; the L4 does not exceed the L2.
  • the foregoing embodiment can preferentially satisfy the requirement for RLF measurement of the second cell.
  • only the latter of the first cell and the second cell is the Spcell of the first node.
  • the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell is smaller than the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
  • CI Carrier
  • DCI Downlink Control Information, downlink control information
  • Indicator Downlink Control information
  • carrier indicator field
  • only the latter of the first cell and the second cell is configured as a serving cell of the first node 100 .
  • the step of evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources includes: evaluating according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources Whether out-of-sync occurs, and if out-of-sync occurs, the physical layer of the first node 100 indicates out-of-sync to a higher layer of the first node 100 .
  • the step of evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs according to the RS resources not exceeding L1 and the RS resources not exceeding L2 includes: according to the RS resources not exceeding L1 and the RS resources not exceeding L2
  • the RS resources evaluate whether synchronization is maintained, and if synchronization is maintained, the physical layer of the first node 100 indicates in-sync to a higher layer of the first node 100 .
  • the wireless link quality of each of the RS resources not exceeding L1 and the RS resources not exceeding L2 is worse than the first threshold, it is estimated that out-of-synchronization occurs; if the not exceeding More than L1 RS resources and the radio link quality of one RS resource not exceeding L2 RS resources is better than the second threshold, and the evaluation is kept in sync; the first threshold and the second threshold are respectively configurable of.
  • the first threshold and the second threshold are Q out and Qin respectively.
  • the no more than L1 RS resources and the no more than L2 RS resources include all RS resources in the first RS resource group.
  • the no more than L1 RS resources and the no more than L2 RS resources are proper subsets of the first RS resource group.
  • the higher layer of the first node 100 receives consecutive Q1 out-of-sync indications and is used to trigger and start a first timer, and the expiration of the first timer is used to determine When the wireless link fails, the Q1 is configurable.
  • the Q1 is N310
  • the first timer is T310
  • the indication that the higher layer of the first node 100 receives consecutive Q2 in-syncs is used to trigger the stop of the first timer, and the expiration of the first timer is used to determine the occurrence of the If the wireless link fails, the Q2 is configurable.
  • the Q2 is N311, and the first timer is T310.
  • the radio link quality includes: RSRP (Reference Signal Received Power, reference signal received power) measurement result.
  • RSRP Reference Signal Received Power, reference signal received power
  • the radio link quality includes: RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality, reference signal received quality) measurement result.
  • RSRQ Reference Signal Received Quality, reference signal received quality
  • the wireless link quality includes: BLER (Block Error Ratio, block error rate).
  • each reporting period is performed to evaluate whether out-of-synchronization occurs and whether synchronization is maintained according to the no more than L1 RS resources and the no more than L2 RS resources.
  • the RS resources not exceeding L1 and the RS resources not exceeding L2 are variable
  • the reporting period does not exceed 10 milliseconds.
  • the reporting period is the maximum value between the shortest period of the first RS resource group and 10 milliseconds.
  • Embodiment 2 illustrates a schematic diagram of a network architecture according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 2 .
  • Accompanying drawing 2 illustrates the network architecture 200 of 5G NR (NewRadio, new air interface)/LTE (Long-Term Evolution, long-term evolution)/LTE-A (Long-Term Evolution Advanced, enhanced long-term evolution) system.
  • 5G NR/LTE/ The LTE-A network architecture 200 may be called 5GS (5GSystem)/EPS (Evolved Packet System, Evolved Packet System) 200 or some other suitable term.
  • 5GS 5GSystem
  • EPS Evolved Packet System, Evolved Packet System
  • 5GS/EPS 200 includes UE (User Equipment, User Equipment) 201, RAN (Radio Access Network) 202, 5GC (5G Core Network, 5G Core Network)/EPC (Evolved Packet Core, Evolved Packet Core) 210, HSS (Home At least one of Subscriber Server, home subscriber server)/UDM (Unified Data Management, unified data management) 220 and Internet service 230.
  • 5GS/EPS may interconnect with other access networks, but these entities/interfaces are not shown for simplicity. As shown, 5GS/EPS provides packet-switched services, however those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that various concepts presented throughout this application may be extended to networks providing circuit-switched services or other cellular networks.
  • the RAN includes node 203 and other nodes 204 .
  • Node 203 provides user and control plane protocol termination towards UE 201 .
  • Nodes 203 may connect to other nodes 204 via the Xn interface (eg, backhaul)/X2 interface.
  • Node 203 may also be called a base station, base transceiver station, radio base station, radio transceiver, transceiver function, Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), TRP (Transmitting Receive Node), or some other suitable terminology.
  • the node 203 provides an access point to the 5GC/EPC 210 for the UE 201 .
  • Examples of UE 201 include cellular phones, smart phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, laptop computers, personal digital assistants (PDAs), satellite radios, non-terrestrial base station communications, satellite mobile communications, global positioning systems, multimedia devices , video devices, digital audio players (e.g., MP3 players), cameras, game consoles, drones, aircraft, NB-IoT devices, machine type communication devices, land vehicles, automobiles, wearable devices, or any Other devices with similar functions.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • PDAs personal digital assistants
  • satellite radios non-terrestrial base station communications
  • satellite mobile communications global positioning systems
  • multimedia devices video devices
  • digital audio players e.g., MP3 players
  • cameras e.g., digital audio players
  • game consoles e.g., drones, aircraft, NB-IoT devices, machine type communication devices, land vehicles, automobiles, wearable devices, or any Other devices with similar functions.
  • UE 201 may also refer to UE 201 as a mobile station, subscriber station, mobile unit, subscriber unit, wireless unit, remote unit, mobile device, wireless device, wireless communication device, remote device, mobile subscriber station, access terminal, Mobile terminal, wireless terminal, remote terminal, handset, user agent, mobile client, client or some other suitable term.
  • Node 203 is connected to 5GC/EPC210 through the S1/NG interface.
  • 5GC/EPC210 includes MME (Mobility Management Entity, mobility management entity)/AMF (Authentication Management Field, authentication management domain)/SMF (Session Management Function, session management function ) 211, other MME/AMF/SMF 214, S-GW (Service Gateway, service gateway)/UPF (UserPlane Function, user plane function) 212 and P-GW (Packet Date Network Gateway, packet data network gateway)/UPF 213.
  • MME/AMF/SMF211 is a control node that handles signaling between UE201 and 5GC/EPC210. In general, the MME/AMF/SMF 211 provides bearer and connection management.
  • All user IP (Internet Protocol, Internet Protocol) packets are transmitted through S-GW/UPF212, and S-GW/UPF212 itself is connected to P-GW/UPF213.
  • P-GW provides UE IP address allocation and other functions.
  • P-GW/UPF 213 connects to Internet service 230 .
  • the Internet service 230 includes the Internet protocol service corresponding to the operator, and specifically may include the Internet, the intranet, IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem, IP Multimedia Subsystem) and packet-switched streaming services.
  • the UE 201 corresponds to the first node in this application
  • the node 203 corresponds to the second node in this application.
  • the UE 201 is a user equipment (User Equipment, UE).
  • UE User Equipment
  • the UE 201 is a terminal (ender).
  • the node 203 corresponds to the second node in this application.
  • the node 203 is a base station device (BaseStation, BS).
  • BaseStation BaseStation, BS
  • the node 203 is a base transceiver station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS).
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • the node 203 is a Node B (NodeB, NB).
  • the node 203 is a gNB, or eNB, or ng-eNB, or en-gNB.
  • the node 203 is a relay.
  • the node 203 is a gateway (Gateway).
  • the node 203 includes at least one TRP.
  • the node 204 is a base station device (BaseStation, BS).
  • BaseStation BaseStation, BS
  • the node 204 is a BTS, or gNB, or eNB, or ng-eNB, or en-gNB.
  • the node 204 is a relay.
  • the node 204 is a gateway (Gateway).
  • the node 204 includes at least one TRP.
  • the user equipment supports terrestrial network (Non-Terrestrial Network, NTN) transmission.
  • NTN Non-Terrestrial Network
  • the user equipment supports non-terrestrial network (Terrestrial Network, terrestrial network) transmission.
  • Non-terrestrial Network Terrestrial Network, terrestrial network
  • the user equipment supports transmission in a network with a large delay difference.
  • the user equipment supports dual connection (DualConnection, DC) transmission.
  • DC DualConnection
  • the user equipment includes an aircraft.
  • the user equipment includes a vehicle-mounted terminal.
  • the user equipment includes a ship.
  • the user equipment includes an Internet of Things terminal.
  • the user equipment includes a terminal of the Industrial Internet of Things.
  • the user equipment includes equipment supporting low-latency and highly reliable transmission.
  • the user equipment includes testing equipment.
  • the user equipment includes a signaling tester.
  • the user equipment supports NR, or UTRA, or EUTRA.
  • the base station device supports transmission on a non-terrestrial network.
  • the base station device supports transmission in a network with a large delay difference.
  • the base station device supports the transmission of the terrestrial network.
  • the base station equipment includes a macro cellular (MarcoCellular) base station.
  • a macro cellular (MarcoCellular) base station includes a macro cellular (MarcoCellular) base station.
  • the base station equipment includes a micro cell (Micro Cell) base station.
  • Micro Cell Micro Cell
  • the base station device includes a pico cell (PicoCell) base station.
  • PicoCell pico cell
  • the base station device includes a home base station (Femtocell).
  • Femtocell home base station
  • the base station equipment includes base station equipment supporting a large delay difference.
  • the base station equipment includes flying platform equipment.
  • the base station equipment includes satellite equipment.
  • the base station device includes a TRP (Transmitter Receiver Point, sending and receiving node).
  • TRP Transmitter Receiver Point, sending and receiving node
  • the base station device includes a CU (Centralized Unit, centralized unit).
  • CU Centralized Unit, centralized unit
  • the base station device includes a DU (Distributed Unit, distribution unit).
  • DU Distributed Unit, distribution unit
  • the base station equipment includes testing equipment.
  • the base station equipment includes a signaling tester.
  • the base station device includes an IAB (Integrated Access and Backhaul)-node, or an IAB-donor, or an IAB-donor-CU, or an IAB-donor-DU.
  • IAB Integrated Access and Backhaul
  • the base station device includes an IAB-DU.
  • the base station equipment includes an IAB-MT.
  • connection between the UE 201 and the node 203 and the connection between the UE 201 and the node 204 exists.
  • connection between the UE 201 and the node 203 exists, and the connection between the UE 201 and the node 204 does not exist.
  • connection between the UE 201 and the node 203 does not exist, and the connection between the UE 201 and the node 204 exists.
  • connection between the UE 201 and the node 203 exists, and the connection between the UE 201 and the node 204 exists.
  • Embodiment 3 shows a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a radio protocol architecture of a user plane and a control plane according to the present application, as shown in FIG. 3 .
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an embodiment of a radio protocol architecture for the user plane 350 and the control plane 300 .
  • FIG. 3 shows the radio protocol architecture for the control plane 300 in three layers: Layer 1 , Layer 2 and Layer 3 .
  • Layer 1 (L1 layer) is the lowest layer and implements various PHY (Physical Layer) signal processing functions.
  • the L1 layer will be referred to herein as PHY 301 .
  • Layer 2 (L2 layer) 305 is above PHY301, including MAC (Medium Access Control, Media Access Control) sublayer 302, RLC (Radio Link Control, radio link layer control protocol) sublayer 303 and PDCP (Packet Data Convergence Protocol, packet data convergence protocol) sublayer 304 .
  • the PDCP sublayer 304 provides multiplexing between different radio bearers and logical channels.
  • the PDCP sublayer 304 also provides security by encrypting data packets, and provides handoff support.
  • the RLC sublayer 303 provides segmentation and reassembly of upper layer packets, retransmission of lost packets, and reordering of packets to compensate for out-of-order reception due to HARQ.
  • the MAC sublayer 302 provides multiplexing between logical and transport channels.
  • the MAC sublayer 302 is also responsible for allocating various radio resources (eg, resource blocks) in a cell.
  • the MAC sublayer 302 is also responsible for HARQ operations.
  • the RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) sublayer 306 in layer 3 (L3 layer) in the control plane 300 is responsible for obtaining radio resources (ie, radio bearers) and configuring lower layers using RRC signaling.
  • the radio protocol architecture of the user plane 350 includes layer 1 (L1 layer) and layer 2 (L2 layer).
  • the MAC sublayer 352 in the RLC sublayer 353 and L2 layer 355 is substantially the same as the corresponding layers and sublayers in the control plane 300, but the PDCP sublayer 354 also provides header compression for upper layer packets to reduce radio frequency launch overhead.
  • the L2 layer 355 in the user plane 350 also includes a SDAP (Service Data Adaptation Protocol, Service Data Adaptation Protocol) sublayer 356, and the SDAP sublayer 356 is responsible for the mapping between the QoS flow and the data radio bearer (DRB, Data Radio Bearer) , to support business diversity.
  • DRB Data Radio Bearer
  • the wireless protocol architecture in Fig. 3 is applicable to the first node in this application.
  • the wireless protocol architecture in Fig. 3 is applicable to the second node in this application.
  • the first signaling in this application is generated by the RRC306.
  • the second signaling in this application is generated by the MAC302.
  • the second signaling in this application is generated by the MAC352.
  • the second signaling in this application is generated by the PHY301 or the PHY351.
  • the third signaling in this application is generated by the RRC306.
  • the third signaling in this application is generated by the MAC302 or the MAC352.
  • Embodiment 4 shows a schematic diagram of a first communication device and a second communication device according to the present application, as shown in FIG. 4 .
  • Fig. 4 is a block diagram of a first communication device 450 and a second communication device 410 communicating with each other in an access network.
  • the first communication device 450 includes a controller/processor 459, a memory 460, a data source 467, a transmit processor 468, a receive processor 456, a multi-antenna transmit processor 457, a multi-antenna receive processor 458, a transmitter/receiver 454 and antenna 452 .
  • Second communications device 410 includes controller/processor 475 , memory 476 , receive processor 470 , transmit processor 416 , multi-antenna receive processor 472 , multi-antenna transmit processor 471 , transmitter/receiver 418 and antenna 420 .
  • Controller/processor 475 implements the functionality of the L2 layer.
  • the controller/processor 475 provides header compression, encryption, packet segmentation and reordering, and multiplexing between logical and transport channels. Multiplexing, and allocation of radio resources to said first communication device 450 based on various priority metrics.
  • the controller/processor 475 is also responsible for retransmission of lost packets, and signaling to the first communication device 450 .
  • the transmit processor 416 and the multi-antenna transmit processor 471 implement various signal processing functions for the L1 layer (ie, physical layer).
  • the transmit processor 416 implements encoding and interleaving to facilitate forward error correction (FEC) at the second communication device 410, and based on various modulation schemes (e.g., binary phase shift keying (BPSK), quadrature phase shift Mapping of signal clusters for keying (QPSK), M phase shift keying (M-PSK), M quadrature amplitude modulation (M-QAM)).
  • BPSK binary phase shift keying
  • QPSK quadrature phase shift Mapping of signal clusters for keying
  • M-PSK M phase shift keying
  • M-QAM M quadrature amplitude modulation
  • the multi-antenna transmit processor 471 performs digital spatial precoding on the coded and modulated symbols, including codebook-based precoding and non-codebook-based precoding, and beamforming processing to generate one or more spatial streams.
  • the transmit processor 416 maps each spatial stream to subcarriers, multiplexes with a reference signal (e.g., pilot) in the time and/or frequency domain, and then uses an inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) to generate A physical channel that carries a time-domain multi-carrier symbol stream. Then the multi-antenna transmit processor 471 performs a transmit analog precoding/beamforming operation on the time-domain multi-carrier symbol stream. Each transmitter 418 converts the baseband multi-carrier symbol stream provided by the multi-antenna transmit processor 471 into an RF stream, which is then provided to a different antenna 420 .
  • IFFT inverse fast Fourier transform
  • each receiver 454 receives a signal via its respective antenna 452 .
  • Each receiver 454 recovers the information modulated onto an RF carrier and converts the RF stream to a baseband multi-carrier symbol stream that is provided to a receive processor 456 .
  • Receive processor 456 and multi-antenna receive processor 458 implement various signal processing functions of the L1 layer.
  • the multi-antenna receive processor 458 performs receive analog precoding/beamforming operations on the baseband multi-carrier symbol stream from the receiver 454 .
  • the receive processor 456 uses a Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) to convert the baseband multi-carrier symbol stream after the receive analog precoding/beamforming operation from the time domain to the frequency domain.
  • FFT Fast Fourier Transform
  • the physical layer data signal and the reference signal are demultiplexed by the receiving processor 456, wherein the reference signal will be used for channel estimation, and the data signal is recovered in the multi-antenna detection in the multi-antenna receiving processor 458.
  • the symbols on each spatial stream are demodulated and recovered in receive processor 456 and soft decisions are generated.
  • the receive processor 456 then decodes and deinterleaves the soft decisions to recover the upper layer data and control signals transmitted by the second communications device 410 on the physical channel.
  • Controller/processor 459 implements the functions of the L2 layer. Controller/processor 459 can be associated with memory 460 that stores program codes and data. Memory 460 may be referred to as a computer-readable medium.
  • controller/processor 459 In transmission from said second communication device 410 to said second communication device 450, controller/processor 459 provides demultiplexing between transport and logical channels, packet reassembly, decryption, header decompression , control signal processing to recover upper layer data packets from the core network. The upper layer packets are then provided to all protocol layers above the L2 layer. Various control signals may also be provided to L3 for L3 processing.
  • a data source 467 is used to provide upper layer data packets to a controller/processor 459 .
  • Data source 467 represents all protocol layers above the L2 layer.
  • the controller/processor 459 implements a header based on radio resource allocation Compression, encryption, packet segmentation and reordering, and multiplexing between logical and transport channels, implementing L2 layer functions for user plane and control plane.
  • the controller/processor 459 is also responsible for retransmission of lost packets, and signaling to the second communication device 410 .
  • the transmit processor 468 performs modulation mapping and channel coding processing, and the multi-antenna transmit processor 457 performs digital multi-antenna spatial precoding, including codebook-based precoding and non-codebook-based precoding, and beamforming processing, and then transmits
  • the processor 468 modulates the generated spatial stream into a multi-carrier/single-carrier symbol stream, which is provided to different antennas 452 via the transmitter 454 after undergoing analog precoding/beamforming operations in the multi-antenna transmit processor 457 .
  • Each transmitter 454 first converts the baseband symbol stream provided by the multi-antenna transmit processor 457 into an RF symbol stream, and then provides it to the antenna 452 .
  • each receiver 418 receives radio frequency signals through its respective antenna 420 , converts the received radio frequency signals to baseband signals, and provides the baseband signals to multi-antenna receive processor 472 and receive processor 470 .
  • the receive processor 470 and the multi-antenna receive processor 472 jointly implement the functions of the L1 layer.
  • Controller/processor 475 implements L2 layer functions. Controller/processor 475 can be associated with memory 476 that stores program codes and data.
  • Memory 476 may be referred to as a computer-readable medium.
  • controller/processor 475 In transmission from said first communication device 450 to said second communication device 410, controller/processor 475 provides demultiplexing between transport and logical channels, packet reassembly, decryption, header decompression . Control signal processing to recover upper layer data packets from UE450. Upper layer packets from controller/processor 475 may be provided to the core network.
  • the first communication device 450 includes: at least one processor and at least one memory, and the at least one memory includes computer program code; the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to communicate with the Used together with at least one processor, the first communication device 450 at least: receives a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate a first control A set of candidate TCI states of a resource set, wherein the set of candidate TCI states of the first control resource set includes at least one TCI state; whether radio link failure occurs is evaluated according to a first RS resource group, and in the first RS resource group Including at least one RS resource; wherein, the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state, and the first TCI state is a TCI in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set State; the first TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource; at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first
  • the first communication device 450 includes: a memory storing a computer-readable instruction program, and the computer-readable instruction program generates an action when executed by at least one processor, and the action includes: receiving a first A signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate TCI state set of a first control resource set, the first control resource set of the The candidate TCI state set includes at least one TCI state; evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs according to the first RS resource group, and the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource; wherein, the active TCI of the first control resource set The state is a first TCI state, and the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set; the first TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource; at least the The first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS.
  • the second communication device 410 includes: at least one processor and at least one memory, and the at least one memory includes computer program code; the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to communicate with the Use with at least one processor.
  • the second communication device 410 at least: transmits a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate TCI state set of a first control resource set , the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes at least one TCI state; the first RS resource group is used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs, and the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource ; receiving third signaling, the third signaling is higher layer signaling; wherein, the active TCI state of the first set of control resources is the first TCI state, and the first TCI state is the first control A TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the resource set; the first TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource; at least the first signaling is used to determine
  • the second communication device 410 includes: a memory storing a computer-readable instruction program, and the computer-readable instruction program generates an action when executed by at least one processor, and the action includes: sending the first A signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate TCI state set of a first control resource set, the first control resource set of the The candidate TCI state set includes at least one TCI state; the first RS resource group is used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs, and the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource; receiving a third signaling, the third The signaling is higher layer signaling; wherein the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state, and the first TCI state is one of the candidate TCI state sets of the first control resource set A TCI state; the first TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource; at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the
  • the first communication device 450 includes: at least one processor and at least one memory, and the at least one memory includes computer program code; the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to communicate with the Used together by at least one processor, the first communication device 450 at least: receives a first signaling, the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS resource group, and the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a second subgroup of RS resources; each RS resource in the first subgroup of RS resources is associated to the first PCI, and each RS resource in the second subgroup of RS resources is associated to the second PCI: Evaluate whether a wireless link failure occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources, the no more than L1 RS resources are a subset of the first RS resource subset, and the no more than L2 RS resources RS resources are a subset of the second subset of RS resources.
  • the first communication device 450 includes: a memory storing a computer-readable instruction program, and the computer-readable instruction program generates an action when executed by at least one processor, and the action includes: receiving a first A signaling, the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS resource group, the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a second RS resource subgroup; the first RS resource subgroup Each RS resource in is associated to the first PCI, and each RS resource in the second RS resource subgroup is associated to the second PCI; according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources to evaluate whether When a radio link failure occurs, the no more than L1 RS resources are a subset of the first RS resource subgroup, and the no more than L2 RS resources are a subset of the second RS resource subgroup.
  • the second communication device 410 includes: at least one processor and at least one memory, and the at least one memory includes computer program code; the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to communicate with the Use with at least one processor.
  • the second communication device 410 at least: sending first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS resource group, and the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a second RS resource subgroup; each RS resource in the first RS resource subgroup is associated to a first PCI, and each RS resource in the second RS resource subgroup is associated to a second PCI.
  • the second communication device 410 includes: a memory storing a computer-readable instruction program, and the computer-readable instruction program generates an action when executed by at least one processor, and the action includes: sending the first A signaling, the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS resource group, the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a second RS resource subgroup; the first RS resource subgroup Each RS resource in the subgroup is associated to a first PCI, and each RS resource in the second subset of RS resources is associated to a second PCI.
  • the antenna 452, the receiver 454, the receiving processor 456, and the controller/processor 459 are used to receive the first signaling set; the antenna 420, the transmitter 418. At least one of the transmit processor 416 and the controller/processor 475 is used to send a first signaling set.
  • the antenna 452, the receiver 454, the receiving processor 456, and the controller/processor 459 are used to receive the second signaling; the antenna 420, the transmitter 418 , at least one of the transmit processor 416 and the controller/processor 475 is used to send the second signaling.
  • the antenna 452, the transmitter 454, the transmitting processor 468, and the controller/processor 459 are used to send a third signaling; the antenna 420, the receiver 418, At least one of the receive processor 470, the controller/processor 475 is configured to receive third signaling.
  • the antenna 452, the transmitter 454, the transmitting processor 468, and the controller/processor 459 are used to send a third signaling; the antenna 420, the receiver 418, At least one of the receive processor 470, the controller/processor 475 is configured to receive third signaling.
  • the first communication device 450 corresponds to the first node in this application.
  • the second communication device 410 corresponds to the second node in this application.
  • the first communication device 450 is a user equipment
  • the second communication device 410 is a base station device.
  • the user equipment supports a large delay difference, or NTN (Non-Terrestrial Network, Non-Terrestrial Network), or is capable of flying.
  • NTN Non-Terrestrial Network, Non-Terrestrial Network
  • the first communication device 450 has a positioning capability.
  • the first communication device 450 does not have a fixed energy capability.
  • the first communication device 450 is a user equipment supporting TN (Terrestrial Network, Terrestrial Network).
  • TN Transmissionrestrial Network, Terrestrial Network
  • the second communication device 410 is a base station device (gNB/eNB/ng-eNB).
  • the base station equipment supports large delay difference, or NTN, or satellite equipment, or flight platform equipment.
  • Embodiment 5 illustrates a flow chart of wireless signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 5 , where the steps in block F5.1 are optional. It is particularly noted that the sequence in this example does not limit the signal transmission sequence and implementation sequence in this application.
  • a first signaling set is received, the first signaling set includes at least the first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate the candidate TCI of the first control resource set A state set, the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes at least one TCI state; in step S5102, receiving second signaling, the second signaling including the identifier of the first control resource set and an identifier of a TCI state; in step S5103, assess whether a radio link failure occurs according to a first RS resource group, the first RS resource group including at least one RS resource;
  • step S5201 For the second node N02 , in step S5201, send the first signaling set; in step S5202, send the second signaling;
  • the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state
  • the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set
  • the first TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource
  • at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS.
  • the first signaling set is RRC layer signaling
  • the second signaling is MAC CE
  • the configuration of RLF measurement is implemented through RRC layer signaling in traditional solutions, but the above method can configure RS resources more flexibly through MAC CE combined with RRC signaling.
  • the second signaling is a MAC CE (TCI State Indication for UE-specific PDCCH MAC CE) indicating a TCI state of a UE-specific PDCCH.
  • MAC CE TCI State Indication for UE-specific PDCCH MAC CE
  • the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the first field in the first signaling is explicit Indicate whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
  • the first field only includes 1 bit.
  • the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the first signaling implicitly indicates the first Whether the RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
  • the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set Whether the RS resource associated to the first PCI is included is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
  • the first RS resource belongs to The first RS resource group; if the RS resource included in each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set is associated with the first PCI, the first RS resource does not belong to the A first RS resource group.
  • the RS resources included in some TCI states in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set are not associated with the first PCI, and the first control resource set
  • the RS resources included in some TCI states in the set of candidate TCI states are associated with the first PCI, and the first RS resources do not belong to the first RS resource group.
  • the RS resources included in some TCI states in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set are not associated with the first PCI, and the first control resource set
  • the RS resources included in some TCI states in the set of candidate TCI states are associated with the first PCI, and the first RS resources belong to the first RS resource group.
  • the RS resources included in some TCI states in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set are not associated with the first PCI, and the first control resource set
  • the RS resources included in some TCI states in the set of candidate TCI states are associated with the first PCI, and the second signaling is used to indicate whether the first RS resources belong to the first RS resource group.
  • the second field in the second signaling explicitly indicates whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
  • the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the first TCI state is the first control resource set
  • the TCI state identifier (tci-state ID) in the candidate TCI state set is the TCI state of the TCI state identifier included in the second signaling, whether the first TCI state includes the associated
  • the RS resource to the first PCI is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; the second signaling indicates that the first TCI state is applied to the first set of control resources .
  • the identifier of a TCI state is TCI-StateId.
  • the PCI of the Spcell (Special Cell) of the first node U01 is a second PCI, and the second PCI is different from the first PCI.
  • the cell identified by the second PCI is configured as the serving cell of the first node U01, and the cell identified by the first PCI is not configured as the serving cell of the first node U01.
  • the cell identified by the second PCI is configured to the first node U01 by SpCellConfig signaling or SCellConfig signaling
  • the cell identified by the first PCI is configured by RRC signaling other than SpCellConfig signaling and SCellConfig signaling configured to the first node U01.
  • the second node N02 maintains the serving cell identified by the second PCI.
  • the second node N02 maintains the cell identified by the first PCI and the serving cell identified by the second PCI.
  • the one RS resource when one RS resource is allocated to a cell indicated by one PCI, the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
  • the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
  • an RS resource when an RS resource is associated with the SSB QCL (Quasi co-location, quasi co-location) indicated by an ssb-Index of a cell indicated by a PCI, the RS resource is associated with the PCI .
  • the one RS resource when one RS resource is downlink-synchronized with a cell indicated by one PCI, the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
  • the one RS resource when one RS resource is sent on a cell indicated by one PCI, the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
  • an RS resource is an SSB indicated by an ssb-Index of a cell indicated by a PCI
  • the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
  • the type of an RS resource is one of the SSB indicated by the ssb-Index and the CSI-RS resource.
  • the CSI-RS resource is a periodic CSI-RS resource.
  • the type of an RS resource is SSB indicated by ssb-Index, CSI-RS resource, CSI-IM (Interference Measurement, interference measurement) resource, DMRS (Demodulation Reference Signal, demodulation reference signal) resource, CRS ( One of the CellReference Signal) resources.
  • types of any two RS resources in the first RS resource group are the same.
  • At least two RS resources in the first RS resource group are of different types.
  • the first PCI and the second PCI are two different TRPs.
  • Embodiment 5A illustrates a flow chart of wireless signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 5A , where the steps in box F5.1 and box F5.2 are optional. It is particularly noted that the sequence in this example does not limit the signal transmission sequence and implementation sequence in this application.
  • step S5101a the first signaling is received, and the first signaling is used to indicate the first RS resource group, and the first RS resource group includes the first RS resource subgroup and the second RS resource subgroup.
  • step S5103a according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources evaluate whether a wireless link failure occurs, the RS resources not exceeding L1 are a subset of the first RS resource subgroup, and the RS resources not exceeding L2 are a subset of the second RS resource subgroup subset of
  • step S5201a For the second node N02 , in step S5201a, send the first signaling; in step S5202a, send the second signaling.
  • the L1 depends on at least the former of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell, the first cell is identified by the first PCI; Said L2 depends on at least the latter of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell identified by said second PCI; said behavior receives the second Before the behavior of signaling evaluates whether a radio link failure occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources; the at least one RS resource in the first RS resource group is associated with the The PCI is one of the first PCI and the second PCI.
  • the first signaling is an RRC layer message
  • the second signaling is a protocol layer message below the RRC layer.
  • the first node U01 sends the first message in step S5100a; the second node U02 receives the first message in step S5200a; wherein, the RS for evaluating whether a wireless link failure occurs The number of resources does not exceed L3; the first message indicates the L3.
  • the second node U02 determines the number of RS resources included in the first RS resource group according to the first message, and the RS resources included in the first RS resource group are associated with the The number of RS resources of the first PCI, or the number of RS resources included in the first RS resource group and associated with the second PCI.
  • the first message is a higher layer message.
  • the first message is an RRC layer message.
  • the first message includes UE capability related information.
  • the first message is UECapabilityInformation IE.
  • the number of RS resources used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the L3 is smaller than the sum of the L1 plus the L2, and the L3 depends on the SSB index of the first cell Maximum number and maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
  • the first signaling is RRC layer signaling
  • the second signaling is MAC CE (Control Element, control unit).
  • the configuration of RLF measurement is implemented through RRC layer signaling in traditional solutions, but the above method can configure RS resources more flexibly through MAC CE combined with RRC signaling.
  • the PCI indicated by the second signaling is the PCI to which the RS resource included in the TCI state indicated by the second signaling is associated.
  • the second signaling is a MAC CE (TCI State Indication for UE-specific PDCCH MAC CE) indicating a TCI state of a UE-specific PDCCH.
  • MAC CE TCI State Indication for UE-specific PDCCH MAC CE
  • the L3 is equal to the sum of the L1 plus the L2; the L1 depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell; the L2 depends on The maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
  • the L3 is smaller than the sum of the L1 plus the L2; the L1 only depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell; the L2 only depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell quantity.
  • the number of RS resources included in the no more than L1 RS resources is not less than the first reserved value.
  • the first reserved value is configurable.
  • the candidate values of the first reserved value include 0.
  • the number of RS resources included in the no more than L2 RS resources is not less than the second reserved value.
  • both the first reserved value and the second reserved value are positive integers.
  • both the first reserved value and the second reserved value are constant 1.
  • the first reserved value depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the number of RS resources associated with the first PCI in the first RS resource group. at least the former of the latter.
  • the first reserved value depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell.
  • the first reserved value increases as the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell increases.
  • the first reserved values are 1, 1, and 2, respectively.
  • the first reserved values are 0, 0, and 1, respectively.
  • the first reserved values are 0, 1, and 2, respectively.
  • the first reserved value depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the number of RS resources associated with the first PCI in the first RS resource group.
  • the second reserved value is the smaller value of the first reference value and the number of RS resources associated with the second PCI in the first RS resource group , the first reference value depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell.
  • the first reference values are 1, 1, and 2, respectively.
  • the first reference values are 0, 0, and 1 respectively.
  • the first reference values are 0, 1, and 2, respectively.
  • the second reserved value increases as the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell increases, or the second reserved value depends on the second The maximum number of SSB indexes of a cell and the number of RS resources associated with the second PCI in the first RS resource group.
  • the first reserved value can avoid the scenario that the RS resource used to evaluate whether RLF occurs does not include the scenario associated with the first cell, so that even if the evaluation of RLF for the second cell is prioritized , which can also ensure that the RLF evaluation for the first cell meets the most basic performance requirements.
  • the second node N02 maintains the serving cell identified by the second PCI.
  • the second node N02 maintains the cell identified by the first PCI and the serving cell identified by the second PCI.
  • the one RS resource when one RS resource is allocated to a cell indicated by one PCI, the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
  • the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
  • an RS resource when an RS resource is associated with the SSB QCL (Quasi co-location, quasi co-location) indicated by an ssb-Index of a cell indicated by a PCI, the RS resource is associated with the PCI .
  • the one RS resource when one RS resource is downlink-synchronized with a cell indicated by one PCI, the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
  • the one RS resource when one RS resource is sent on a cell indicated by one PCI, the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
  • an RS resource is an SSB indicated by an ssb-Index of a cell indicated by a PCI
  • the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
  • the type of an RS resource is one of the SSB indicated by the ssb-Index and the CSI-RS resource.
  • the CSI-RS resource is a periodic CSI-RS resource.
  • the type of an RS resource is SSB indicated by ssb-Index, CSI-RS resource, CSI-IM (Interference Measurement, interference measurement) resource, DMRS (Demodulation Reference Signal, demodulation reference signal) resource, CRS ( One of the CellReference Signal) resources.
  • types of any two RS resources in the first RS resource group are the same.
  • At least two RS resources in the first RS resource group are of different types.
  • the first PCI and the second PCI are two different TRPs.
  • the identifier of a TCI state is TCI-StateId.
  • the PCI of the Spcell (Special Cell) of the first node U01 is a second PCI, and the second PCI is different from the first PCI.
  • the cell identified by the second PCI is configured as the serving cell of the first node U01, and the cell identified by the first PCI is not configured as the serving cell of the first node U01.
  • the cell identified by the second PCI is configured to the first node U01 by SpCellConfig signaling or SCellConfig signaling
  • the cell identified by the first PCI is configured by RRC signaling other than SpCellConfig signaling and SCellConfig signaling configured to the first node U01.
  • Embodiment 6 illustrates a flow chart of transmitting RS resources according to the present application, as shown in FIG. 6 .
  • N04 and N05 are TRPs identified by the second PCI and the first PCI respectively.
  • TRP N04 sends Q1 RS resources (that is, sends RS on Q1 RS resources); TRP N05 sends Q2 RS resources (that is, sends RS on Q2 RS resources); the Q1 and the Q2 are positive integers, respectively.
  • UE U01 receives the Q1 RS resources and the Q2 RS resources in step S6101.
  • TRP N04 is identified by the second PCI or the SSB sent by TRP N04 indicates the second PCI
  • TRP N05 is identified by the first PCI or the SSB sent by TRP N05 indicates the first PCI
  • each of the Q1 RS resources RS resources are associated to the second PCI
  • each of the Q2 RS resources is associated to the first PCI.
  • any RS resource in the first RS resource group is one of the Q1 RS resources.
  • the first RS resource when the first RS resource is one of the Q1 RS resources, the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; when the first RS resource is one of the Q2 RS resources For a while, the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group.
  • the second signaling switches the PCI associated with one RS resource between the second PCI and the first PCI.
  • Embodiment 6A illustrates a flow chart of transmitting RS resources according to the present application, as shown in FIG. 6A .
  • N04 and N05 are TRPs identified by the second PCI and the first PCI, respectively.
  • TRP N04 sends Q1 RS resources (that is, sends RS on Q1 RS resources); TRP N05 sends Q2 RS resources (that is, sends RS on Q2 RS resources); the Q1 and the Q2 are positive integers, respectively.
  • UE U01 receives the Q1 RS resources and the Q2 RS resources in step S6101a.
  • TRP N04 is identified by the first PCI or the SSB sent by TRP N04 indicates the first PCI
  • TRP N05 is identified by the second PCI or the SSB sent by TRP N05 indicates the second PCI; each of the Q1 RS resources RS resources are associated to the first PCI, and each of the Q2 RS resources is associated to the second PCI.
  • any RS resource in the first RS resource group is one of the Q1 RS resources.
  • the first RS resource subgroup and the second RS resource subgroup are respectively composed of the Q1 RS resources and the Q2 RS resources.
  • the second signaling switches the PCI associated with one RS resource between the second PCI and the first PCI.
  • Embodiment 7 illustrates a schematic diagram of time domain resources occupied by a PDCCH according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the squares filled by S1, S2, and S3 belong to search space #1, search space #2, and search space #3, respectively.
  • the first signaling set includes Q1 signaling, and the Q1 is a positive integer greater than 1 and not greater than 64; the Q1 signaling respectively corresponds to Q1 control resource sets, and the Q1 Any signaling in the signaling indicates the candidate TCI state set of the corresponding control resource set; the first signaling is one of the Q1 signalings, and the first control resource set is the Q1 The control resource set corresponding to the first signaling in the control resource sets; according to the order of the first monitoring cycle from short to long, followed by the order of control resource set identifiers from high to low, only when the Q2 control resource sets are sorted in When the number of control resource sets before the first control resource set does not exceed the difference obtained by subtracting 1 from the first value, the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS Resource group: the Q2 control resource sets are composed of all the control resource sets in the Q1 control resource sets that are not associated with the first PCI, and the first value is not less than 2 and not greater than
  • the Q1 is a positive integer not greater than 4.
  • the first value is configurable.
  • the first numerical value is no greater than 8.
  • the first value is no greater than 16.
  • the first value depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes.
  • the first values are 2, 6, and 8, respectively.
  • the first values are 2, 4, and 8, respectively.
  • the maximum number of SSB indexes is L max .
  • the maximum number of SSB indexes is the maximum number of SSB indexes of cells identified by the second PCI.
  • the maximum number of SSB indexes is the maximum number of SSB indexes of the cell identified by the first PCI.
  • the maximum number of SSB indexes is the larger value of the maximum number of SSB indexes of cells identified by the second PCI and the maximum number of SSB indexes of cells identified by the first PCI.
  • the search space #1, the search space #2, and the search space #3 are in one-to-one correspondence with the three control resource sets in the Q2 control resource sets; it can be seen from FIG. 7 , the monitoring period of the search space #1 is the longest, so it should be ranked after the search space #2 and the search space #3; further, the monitoring of the search space #2 and the search space #3 The period is the same, so it is necessary to further compare the control resource set identifiers of the corresponding control resource sets of the two, and the search space corresponding to a higher control resource set identifier (without loss of generality, it is assumed that the control resource set identifier corresponding to the search space #2 is higher
  • the control resource set ID corresponding to the search space #3) is sorted first. According to the above analysis, the execution results of the order of the phrases firstly monitoring period from short to long, and secondly controlling resource set identifiers from high to low are: the search space #2, the search space #3, and the search space #1 Sort sequentially.
  • the control resource set is not associated with the first PCI PCI: when each TCI state in the set of candidate TCI states of a set of control resources includes RS resources associated with the first PCI, the set of control resources is associated with the first PCI.
  • the control resource set when the active TCI state of a control resource set does not include RS resources associated with the first PCI, the control resource set is not associated with the first PCI; when a control resource set The one set of control resources is associated to the first PCI when the active TCI state includes RS resources associated to the first PCI.
  • the candidate TCI state set of each control resource set in the Q1 control resource set is configured by RRC signaling.
  • the active TCI state of each control resource set in the Q1 control resource set is configured by one MAC CE.
  • the active TCI state is configured by MAC CE; if the corresponding candidate TCI state A set includes only one TCI state, and the corresponding set of candidate TCI states is the active TCI state.
  • the active TCI state is configured by DCI (Dynamic Control Information, dynamic control information) of.
  • the set of control resources is associated with the first PCI.
  • a MAC CE is used to indicate whether the set of control resources is associated to the first PCI.
  • Embodiment 7A illustrates a flow chart of determining L RS resources according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 7A .
  • Step S7101 in Fig. 7A is optional.
  • the first node U01 determines L in step S7101; selects L RS resources from the target RS resource subgroup in step S7102.
  • the target RS resource subgroup is the first RS resource subgroup
  • the L is not greater than the L1
  • the L RS resources are the RS resources not exceeding L1.
  • the target RS resource subgroup is the second RS resource subgroup
  • the L is not greater than the L2
  • the L RS resources are the RS resources not exceeding L2.
  • how to select L RS resources from the target RS resource subgroup is determined by the UE itself.
  • each RS resource in the target RS resource subgroup is an RS resource included in the active TCI state of a CORESET (control resource set); the first node U01 follows the first monitoring cycle from short to Long, followed by control resource set identifiers to select RS resources in order from high to low.
  • CORESET control resource set
  • Example 8a gives a more specific embodiment.
  • Embodiment 8 illustrates a schematic diagram of an RS resource in the time domain according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 8 .
  • the one RS resource is periodic.
  • the squares filled with W1, W2, W3, W4 and W5 represent the periodic occurrence position of the one RS resource in the time domain.
  • the first node receives a first MAC CE, where the first MAC CE indicates that the PCI associated with the one RS resource is changed from the first PCI to the second PCI.
  • the first moment in FIG. 8 is the receiving moment of the first MAC CE.
  • the first moment in FIG. 8 is the effective moment when the one RS resource indicated by the first MAC CE is associated with the second PCI.
  • the one RS resource is determined to belong to the first RS resource group.
  • the first node receives the first DCI, where the first DCI indicates that the PCI associated with the one RS resource is changed from the first PCI to the second PCI.
  • the first DCI is a DCI for a downlink grant (Downlink Grant).
  • the first DCI is a group common (Group Common) DCI.
  • the first moment in FIG. 8 is the receiving moment of the first DCI.
  • the first moment in FIG. 8 is the effective moment when the one RS resource indicated by the first DCI is associated with the second PCI.
  • the one RS resource is determined to belong to the first RS resource group.
  • the occurrences associated with the first PCI cannot be used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs.
  • W1 before the first moment in FIG. 8 cannot be used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs.
  • the first node receives a second MAC CE
  • the second MAC CE indicates that starting from the effective moment (for example, the second moment of FIG. 8 ), the PCI associated with the one RS resource starts from the The second PCI transitions to the first PCI.
  • W5 after the second moment cannot be used to evaluate whether a wireless link failure occurs.
  • the first node receives a second DCI
  • the second DCI indicates that the PCI associated with the one RS resource starts from the effective moment (for example, the second moment in FIG. The PCI transitions to the first PCI.
  • W5 after the second moment cannot be used to evaluate whether a wireless link failure occurs.
  • Embodiment 8A illustrates a schematic diagram of time domain resources occupied by a PDCCH according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 8A .
  • the squares filled by S1, S2, and S3 belong to search space #1, search space #2, and search space #3, respectively.
  • the first signaling includes Q1 sub-signalings, where Q1 is a positive integer greater than 1 and not greater than 64; the Q1 sub-signalings correspond to Q1 control resource sets respectively, and the Q1 sub-signalings Any sub-signaling in the order indicates the candidate TCI state set of the corresponding control resource set; the RS resources included in the active TCI states (belonging to one of the candidate TCI state sets) of the Q1 control resource sets constitute the target RS Resource subgroup: select L RS resources from the target RS resource subgroup according to the order of the monitoring cycle from short to long, and the control resource set ID from high to low.
  • the Q1 is a positive integer not greater than 4.
  • the target RS resource subgroup is the first RS resource subgroup
  • the maximum value of L is the difference obtained by subtracting the number of RS resources included in the no more than L2 RS resources value and the smaller value of the L1.
  • the search space #1, the search space #2, and the search space #3 are in one-to-one correspondence with the three control resource sets in the Q1 control resource sets; it can be seen from FIG. 8 , the monitoring period of the search space #1 is the longest, so it should be ranked after the search space #2 and the search space #3; further, the monitoring of the search space #2 and the search space #3 The period is the same, so it is necessary to further compare the control resource set identifiers of the corresponding control resource sets of the two, and the search space corresponding to a higher control resource set identifier (without loss of generality, it is assumed that the control resource set identifier corresponding to the search space #2 is higher
  • the control resource set ID corresponding to the search space #3) is sorted first. According to the above analysis, the execution results of the order of the phrases firstly monitoring period from short to long, and secondly controlling resource set identifiers from high to low are: the search space #2, the search space #3, and the search space #1 Sort sequentially.
  • the control resource set is not associated with the first PCI PCI: when each TCI state in the set of candidate TCI states of a set of control resources includes RS resources associated with the first PCI, the set of control resources is associated with the first PCI.
  • the control resource set when the active TCI state of a control resource set does not include RS resources associated with the first PCI, the control resource set is not associated with the first PCI; when a control resource set The one set of control resources is associated to the first PCI when the active TCI state includes RS resources associated to the first PCI.
  • the candidate TCI state set of each control resource set in the Q1 control resource set is configured by RRC signaling.
  • the active TCI state of each control resource set in the Q1 control resource set is configured by one MAC CE.
  • the active TCI state is configured by MAC CE; if the corresponding candidate TCI state A set includes only one TCI state, and the corresponding set of candidate TCI states is the active TCI state.
  • the active TCI state is configured by DCI (Dynamic Control Information, dynamic control information) of.
  • the set of control resources is associated with the first PCI.
  • a MAC CE is used to indicate whether the set of control resources is associated to the first PCI.
  • Embodiment 9 illustrates a flow chart of transmitting the third signaling according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 9 .
  • step S9101 the first node U01 evaluates whether a radio link failure occurs according to the first RS resource group; if yes, sends a third signaling in step S9102 as a response to assessing the occurrence of radio link failure; if not, ends;
  • the second node N02 receives the third signaling in step S9201;
  • the third signaling is higher layer signaling.
  • the third signaling is RRC layer signaling.
  • the third signaling is MAC layer signaling.
  • the third signaling includes an RRCReestablishmentRequest message.
  • the third signaling includes an RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message.
  • the first node U01 performs a cell reselection operation before the step S9102.
  • the first node U01 sends a PRACH (Physical Random Access CHannel, Physical Random Access Channel) preamble (Preamble) before the step S9102.
  • PRACH Physical Random Access CHannel, Physical Random Access Channel
  • Preamble preamble
  • the steps in Fig. 9 are executed in the first node.
  • Embodiment 9A illustrates a flow chart of transmitting the third signaling according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 9A .
  • step S9101a the first node U01 evaluates whether a radio link failure occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources; if yes, as a response to the radio link failure assessment, it sends a third signaling; if no, end;
  • the second node N02 receives the third signaling in step S9201a;
  • the third signaling is higher layer signaling.
  • the third signaling is RRC layer signaling.
  • the third signaling is MAC layer signaling.
  • the third signaling includes an RRCReestablishmentRequest message.
  • the third signaling includes an RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message.
  • the first node U01 performs a cell reselection operation before the step S9102.
  • the first node U01 sends a PRACH (Physical Random Access CHannel, Physical Random Access Channel) preamble (Preamble) before the step S9102.
  • PRACH Physical Random Access CHannel, Physical Random Access Channel
  • Preamble preamble
  • the first node U01 performs receiving a RAR (Random Access Response, random access response) before the step S9102.
  • RAR Random Access Response, random access response
  • Embodiment 10 illustrates a schematic diagram of a relationship between a first cell and a second cell according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 10 .
  • the second node includes at least the first TRP1002; the first TRP1002 belongs to the first DU1004; the first DU1004 includes part of the second node; the first TRP1002 is part of the second node.
  • the second node includes at least the second TRP1003; the second TRP1003 belongs to the second DU1005; the second DU1005 includes a part of the second node; the second TRP1003 is part of the second node.
  • the second node includes the first DU1004.
  • the second node includes the second DU1005.
  • the first DU 1004 includes a DU (Distributed Unit, distributed unit).
  • DU Distributed Unit, distributed unit
  • the second DU 1005 includes one DU.
  • the first DU 1004 and the second DU 1005 are the same DU.
  • the first DU 1004 and the second DU 1005 are two different DUs.
  • the beam of the first TRP1002 and the beam of the second TRP1003 correspond to the same CORESET.
  • the beam of the first TRP1002 and the beam of the second TRP1003 correspond to different CORESETs.
  • the first cell 1006 is associated with the second node.
  • the first cell 1006 is associated with one or more beams in the second node.
  • the first cell 1006 is associated with one or more beams of the first TRP 1002 .
  • the base station maintaining the first cell 1006 is the second node.
  • the first cell 1006 is a physical cell.
  • the first cell 1006 is a serving cell of the first node 1001, and the serving cell refers to a PCell or a PSCell or an SCell.
  • the second cell 1007 is associated with the second node.
  • the second cell 1007 is associated with one or more beams in the second node.
  • the second cell 1007 is associated with one or more beams of the second TRP 1003 .
  • the maintenance base station of the second cell 1007 is the second node.
  • the second cell 1007 is a physical cell.
  • the second cell 1007 provides additional physical resources on the first cell.
  • the second cell 1007 is a configured candidate cell for L1/L2 mobility.
  • the first cell 1006 and the second cell 1007 have the same frequency.
  • the first cell 1006 and the second cell 1007 have different frequencies.
  • the cell identified by the second PCI is the first cell 1006 ; the cell identified by the first PCI is the second cell 1007 .
  • the cell identified by the second PCI is the second cell 1007 ; the cell identified by the first PCI is the first cell 1006 .
  • the first cell 1006 is the primary cell of the first node 1001
  • the second cell 1007 is a neighboring cell of the primary cell of the first node 1001 .
  • the first cell 1006 belongs to the serving cell of the first node 1001 , and the second cell 1007 does not belong to the serving cell of the first node 1001 .
  • the first cell 1006 includes a serving cell of the first node 1001
  • the second cell 1007 includes a neighboring cell of the first cell 1006 .
  • the first cell 1006 includes a serving cell of the first node 1001
  • the second cell 1007 includes a non-serving cell of the first node 1001 .
  • the first node 1001 maintains an RRC connection with the first cell 1006; when the second cell 1007 is deployed, the service of the first node 1001 The cell ID remains unchanged.
  • the phrase that the serving cell of the first node 1001 remains unchanged includes: the RRC layer of the first node 1001, or the PDCP layer, or the RLC layer, or the MAC layer, or At least one of the protocol stacks in the PHY layer does not require relocation.
  • the phrase that the serving cell of the first node 1001 remains unchanged includes: the RRC connection of the first node 1001 remains unchanged.
  • the phrase that the serving cell of the first node 1001 remains unchanged includes: the identity of the serving cell of the first node 1001 remains unchanged.
  • the phrase that the serving cell of the first node 1001 remains unchanged includes: all or part of the configuration in the ServingCellConfigCommon configuration of the first node 1001 remains unchanged.
  • the phrase that the serving cell of the first node 1001 remains unchanged includes: all or part of the configuration in the ServingCellConfigCommonSIB configuration of the first node 1001 remains unchanged.
  • the serving cell of the first node 1001 remains unchanged.
  • the arrow 1008 represents at least one of BCCH, or a paging (paging) signal, or system information.
  • the arrow 1009 represents at least one of PUSCH, PDSCH or PDCCH.
  • the arrow 1010 represents at least one of PUSCH, PDSCH or PDCCH.
  • the first node 1001 before the behavior performs the first set of actions, the first node 1001 monitors the second PDCCH, and the second PDCCH is associated with the C-RNTI of the cell identified by the second PCI ( Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier, Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier); after the behavior executes the first set of actions, the first node 1001 monitors the first PDCCH, and the first PDCCH is associated with the first PCI C-RNTI of the identified cell.
  • PCI Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier, Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • the PUSCH resource or PDSCH resource of the first node 1001 before performing the first action set in the behavior, is associated with the cell identified by the second PCI; the first action is performed in the behavior After aggregation, the PUSCH resource or PDSCH resource of the first node 1001 is associated with the cell identified by the first PCI.
  • the PUSCH resource or PDSCH resource of the first node 1001 before performing the first action set in the behavior, is associated with the cell identified by the second PCI; the first action is performed in the behavior After aggregation, the PUSCH resource or PDSCH resource of the first node 1001 is associated with the cell identified by the first PCI and the cell identified by the second PCI.
  • the PUSCH or PDSCH of the first node in the cell identified by the first PCI and the PUSCH or PDSCH of the first node in the cell identified by the first PCI Associated with two different RNTI (Radio Network Temporary Identifier, wireless network temporary identifier).
  • RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identifier, wireless network temporary identifier
  • one of arrow 1009 and arrow 1010 exists.
  • arrow 1009 and arrow 1010 exist at the same time.
  • Embodiment 11 illustrates a schematic diagram of a reporting cycle and an evaluation cycle according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 11 .
  • the horizontal axis represents time
  • T1, T4 and T5 are three time increments in time
  • described T1 moment, described T4 moment and described T5 moment are (if the generation condition of the first type instruction is set Satisfying) the time when the first type indicates the reported time, the time interval between any two adjacent moments of the T1 time, the T4 time and the T5 time is equal, the T1 time, the T4 time and the T5 time
  • the time interval between two adjacent moments of the T5 moment is equal to the reporting period;
  • T2 and T3 are two incremental moments in time, and the time interval between the T2 moment and the T3 moment is equal to the evaluation cycle.
  • the first type of indication is out-of-sync or in-sync.
  • the behavior of evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs according to the first RS resource group includes performing, in each evaluation period, evaluating whether synchronization is lost and whether synchronization is maintained according to the first RS resource group.
  • the behavior of evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs according to the first RS resource group includes: in each reporting period, if out-of-sync occurs, report out-of-sync to a higher layer, and if synchronization is maintained, report out-of-sync to a higher layer Higher layers report in-sync.
  • the time T2 is not less than the time T1; the time T3 is not greater than the time T4.
  • radio link quality is evaluated according to the first RS resource group.
  • the time T1 and the time T4 are any two adjacent reporting times.
  • the time when the first type of indication was reported last time and the reporting period are used to determine the time when the first type of indication is reported this time.
  • the physical layer of the first node reports to the higher layer of the first node Report an out-of-sync.
  • the physical layer of the first node reports to the higher layer of the first node Report an in-sync.
  • the evaluation period is not longer than the reporting period.
  • the evaluation period is equal to the reporting period.
  • the evaluation period is shorter than the reporting period.
  • the time T3 is the same as the time T4.
  • the time T3 is different from the time T4.
  • Embodiment 11a illustrates a schematic diagram of a reporting period and an evaluation period according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 11a .
  • the horizontal axis represents time
  • T1, T4 and T5 are three time increments in time
  • the T1 time, the T4 time and the T5 time are (if the generation condition of the first type indication is set Satisfying) the time when the first type indicates the reported time, the time interval between any two adjacent moments of the T1 time, the T4 time and the T5 time is equal, the T1 time, the T4 time and the T5 time
  • the time interval between two adjacent moments of the T5 moment is equal to the reporting period;
  • T2 and T3 are two incremental moments in time, and the time interval between the T2 moment and the T3 moment is equal to the evaluation cycle.
  • the first type of indication is out-of-sync or in-sync.
  • the behavior evaluates whether a wireless link failure occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources includes performing an The resource evaluates whether out-of-synchronization has occurred and whether it has remained in sync.
  • the behavior evaluates whether a wireless link failure occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources, including determining the no more than L1 RS resources and the no more than L2 RS resources.
  • the no more than L1 RS resources and the no more than L2 RS resources are variable in each evaluation cycle.
  • the behavior assessing whether a radio link failure occurs based on no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources includes: in each reporting cycle, if out-of-synchronization occurs, report an out-of to a higher layer -sync, if synchronization is maintained, report in-sync to a higher layer.
  • the time T2 is not less than the time T1; the time T3 is not greater than the time T4.
  • radio link quality is evaluated according to the first RS resource group.
  • the time T1 and the time T4 are any two adjacent reporting times.
  • the time when the first type of indication was reported last time and the reporting period are used to determine the time when the first type of indication is reported this time.
  • the physical layer of the first node reports to the higher layer of the first node Report an out-of-sync.
  • the physical layer of the first node reports to the higher layer of the first node Report an in-sync.
  • the evaluation period is not longer than the reporting period.
  • the evaluation period is equal to the reporting period.
  • the evaluation period is shorter than the reporting period.
  • the time T3 is the same as the time T4.
  • the time T3 is different from the time T4.
  • Embodiment 12 illustrates a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a first node according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the processing device 1200 in the first node includes a first receiver 1201 and a first transmitter 1202 .
  • the first receiver 1201 receives a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate TCI state set of a first control resource set, the The candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes at least one TCI state; evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs according to a first RS resource group, and the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource;
  • the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state
  • the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set
  • the first TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource
  • at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS.
  • the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set Whether the RS resource associated to the first PCI is included is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
  • the first RS resource belongs to the first RS Resource group; if the RS resource included in each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set is associated with the first PCI, the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group .
  • the first receiver 1201 receives second signaling, where the second signaling includes an identifier of the first control resource set and an identifier of a TCI state; wherein, the sentence is at least the
  • the first signaling being used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set
  • the sentence whether the first TCI status includes RS resources associated to the first PCI is used to determine whether the first RS resources belong to the first RS resource group includes: if the first A TCI state does not include an RS resource associated to the first PCI, and the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; if the first TCI state includes an RS associated to the first PCI resource, the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group.
  • the first receiver 1201 enters an RRC idle state as a response to receiving the second signaling.
  • the behavior of entering the RRC idle state includes operations such as releasing the RRC connection and releasing the cache.
  • the first receiver 1201 as a response to receiving the second signaling, transmits the first notification from the first protocol layer to the second protocol layer;
  • the second protocol layer is above the first protocol layer
  • the second signaling is the signaling of the first protocol layer
  • the first notification is used by the second protocol layer to determine Whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
  • the first protocol layer is a MAC layer
  • the second protocol layer is an RRC layer
  • the second signaling is a MAC CE.
  • the first protocol layer is a physical (PHY, L1) layer
  • the second protocol layer is an RRC layer
  • the second signaling is a DCI.
  • the first signaling set includes Q1 signaling, and the Q1 is a positive integer greater than 1 and not greater than 64; the Q1 signaling respectively corresponds to Q1 control resource sets, and the Q1 Any signaling in the signaling indicates the candidate TCI state set of the corresponding control resource set; the first signaling is one of the Q1 signalings, and the first control resource set is the Q1 The control resource set corresponding to the first signaling in the control resource sets; according to the order of the first monitoring cycle from short to long, followed by the order of control resource set identifiers from high to low, only when the Q2 control resource sets are sorted in When the number of control resource sets before the first control resource set does not exceed the difference obtained by subtracting 1 from the first value, the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS Resource group: the Q2 control resource sets are composed of all the control resource sets in the Q1 control resource sets that are not associated with the first PCI, and the first value is not less than 2 and not greater than 64 positive
  • the first transmitter 1202 sends a third signaling as a response to assessing the occurrence of a wireless link failure
  • the third signaling includes RRC signaling for RRC reestablishment request.
  • the first receiver 1201 includes the antenna 452, receiver 454, multi-antenna receiving processor 458, receiving processor 456, controller/processor 459, memory 460 and data Source 467.
  • the first receiver 1201 includes an antenna 452, a receiver 454, a multi-antenna receiving processor 458, and a receiving processor 456 in FIG. 4 of this application.
  • the first receiver 1201 includes an antenna 452 , a receiver 454 , and a receiving processor 456 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
  • the first transmitter 1202 includes the antenna 452 in the accompanying drawing 4 of this application, the transmitter 454, the multi-antenna transmission processor 457, the transmission processor 468, the controller/processor 459, the memory 460 and the data Source 467.
  • the first transmitter 1202 includes the antenna 452, the transmitter 454, the multi-antenna transmission processor 457, and the transmission processor 468 in FIG. 4 of this application.
  • the first transmitter 1202 includes the antenna 452, the transmitter 454, and the transmitting processor 468 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
  • Embodiment 12A illustrates a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a first node according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the processing device 1200 in the first node includes a first receiver 1201 and a first transmitter 1202 .
  • the first receiver 1201 receives first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS resource group, where the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a second RS resource subgroup; Each RS resource in the first subgroup of RS resources is associated to a first PCI, and each RS resource in the second subgroup of RS resources is associated to a second PCI;
  • the first receiver 1201 evaluates whether a wireless link failure occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources, and the no more than L1 RS resources are a subset of the first RS resource subset , the no more than L2 RS resources are a subset of the second RS resource subset;
  • the L1 depends on at least the former of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell, the first cell is identified by the first PCI; Said L2 depends on at least the latter of a maximum number of SSB indices for a first cell and a maximum number of SSB indices for a second cell, said second cell being identified by said second PCI.
  • the number of RS resources used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the L3 is smaller than the sum of the L1 plus the L2, and the L3 depends on the SSB index of the first cell Maximum number and maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
  • the processing device 1200 in the first node includes:
  • the first transmitter 1202 sends a first message
  • the number of RS resources used for evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the first message indicates the L3.
  • the number of RS resources included in the no more than L1 RS resources is not less than the first reserved value, and the number of RS resources included in the no more than L2 RS resources is not less than the second reserved value .
  • the first receiver 1201 selects no more than L1 RS resources from the first RS resource subgroup, and selects no more than L2 RS resources from the second RS resource subgroup; wherein , the number of the RS resources associated to the first PCI in the first RS resource subgroup is greater than the L1, the number of the RS resources associated to the second PCI in the second RS resource subgroup The number of RS resources is greater than the L2.
  • the first receiver 1201 receives second signaling, where the second signaling is used to indicate the PCI to which at least one RS resource in the first RS resource group is associated; wherein, the The first signaling is an RRC layer message, the second signaling is a protocol layer message under the RRC layer, and the behavior of receiving the second signaling is based on the behavior not exceeding L1 RS resources and not exceeding L2 Before RS resource evaluation occurs, whether a radio link failure occurs; the PCI to which the at least one RS resource in the first RS resource group is associated is one of the first PCI and the second PCI .
  • the first transmitter 1202 sends the third signaling as a response to the occurrence of wireless link failure according to the assessment of no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources; wherein, the third signaling is Higher layer signaling.
  • the first receiver 1201 enters the RRC idle (RRC_IDLE) state as a response to the occurrence of radio link failure according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources.
  • RRC_IDLE RRC idle
  • the behavior of entering the RRC idle state includes operations such as releasing the RRC connection and releasing the cache.
  • the first receiver 1201 as a response to receiving the second signaling, transmits the first notification from the first protocol layer to the second protocol layer;
  • the second protocol layer is above the first protocol layer
  • the second signaling is the signaling of the first protocol layer
  • the first notification is used by the second protocol layer to determine Reselecting the no more than L1 RS resources and the no more than L2 RS resources.
  • the first protocol layer is a MAC layer
  • the second protocol layer is an RRC layer
  • the second signaling is a MAC CE.
  • the first protocol layer is a physical (PHY, L1) layer
  • the second protocol layer is an RRC layer
  • the second signaling is a DCI.
  • the first receiver 1201 includes the antenna 452, receiver 454, multi-antenna receiving processor 458, receiving processor 456, controller/processor 459, memory 460 and data Source 467.
  • the first receiver 1201 includes an antenna 452, a receiver 454, a multi-antenna receiving processor 458, and a receiving processor 456 in FIG. 4 of this application.
  • the first receiver 1201 includes an antenna 452 , a receiver 454 , and a receiving processor 456 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
  • the first transmitter 1202 includes the antenna 452 in the accompanying drawing 4 of this application, the transmitter 454, the multi-antenna transmission processor 457, the transmission processor 468, the controller/processor 459, the memory 460 and the data Source 467.
  • the first transmitter 1202 includes the antenna 452, the transmitter 454, the multi-antenna transmission processor 457, and the transmission processor 468 in FIG. 4 of this application.
  • the first transmitter 1202 includes the antenna 452, the transmitter 454, and the transmitting processor 468 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
  • Embodiment 13 illustrates a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a second node according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 13 .
  • the processing device 1300 in the second node includes a second transmitter 1301 and a second receiver 1302 .
  • the second transmitter 1301 sends a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate TCI state set of a first control resource set, the The candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes at least one TCI state; the first RS resource group is used by the first node to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs, and the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource ;
  • the second receiver 1302 receives third signaling, where the third signaling is higher layer signaling;
  • the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state
  • the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set
  • the first TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource
  • at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS; as Evaluate a response that a wireless link failure occurs, and the third signaling is sent.
  • the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set Whether the RS resource associated to the first PCI is included is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
  • the first RS resource belongs to the first RS Resource group; if the RS resource included in each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set is associated with the first PCI, the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group .
  • the second transmitter 1301 sends second signaling, where the second signaling includes an identifier of the first control resource set and an identifier of a TCI state;
  • the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the first TCI state is the first control resource set of the The TCI state identifier in the candidate TCI state set is the TCI state identified by the one TCI state included in the second signaling, and whether the first TCI state includes that the RS resource associated to the first PCI is used For determining whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; the second signaling indicates that the first TCI state is applied to the first set of control resources.
  • the sentence whether the first TCI status includes RS resources associated to the first PCI is used to determine whether the first RS resources belong to the first RS resource group includes: if the first A TCI state does not include an RS resource associated to the first PCI, and the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; if the first TCI state includes an RS associated to the first PCI resource, the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group.
  • the first notification is sent from the first protocol layer of the sender of the third signaling to the second protocol layer of the sender of the third signaling transfer; the second protocol layer is above the first protocol layer, the second signaling is the signaling of the first protocol layer, and the first notification is used by the second protocol layer to determine Whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
  • the first signaling set includes Q1 signaling, and the Q1 is a positive integer greater than 1 and not greater than 64; the Q1 signaling respectively corresponds to Q1 control resource sets, and the Q1 Any signaling in the signaling indicates the candidate TCI state set of the corresponding control resource set; the first signaling is one of the Q1 signalings, and the first control resource set is the Q1 The control resource set corresponding to the first signaling in the control resource sets; according to the order of the first monitoring cycle from short to long, followed by the order of control resource set identifiers from high to low, only when the Q2 control resource sets are sorted in When the number of control resource sets before the first control resource set does not exceed the difference obtained by subtracting 1 from the first value, the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS Resource group: the Q2 control resource sets are composed of all the control resource sets in the Q1 control resource sets that are not associated with the first PCI, and the first value is not less than 2 and not greater than 64 positive
  • the second transmitter 1301 includes the antenna 420 , the transmitter 418 , the multi-antenna transmission processor 471 , the transmission processor 416 , the controller/processor 475 , and the memory 476 shown in FIG. 4 of the present application.
  • the second transmitter 1301 includes the antenna 420, the transmitter 418, the multi-antenna transmission processor 471, and the transmission processor 416 shown in FIG. 4 of the present application.
  • the second transmitter 1301 includes the antenna 420, the transmitter 418, and the transmitting processor 416 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
  • the second receiver 1302 includes the antenna 420 , the receiver 418 , the multi-antenna receiving processor 472 , the receiving processor 470 , the controller/processor 475 , and the memory 476 shown in FIG. 4 of the present application.
  • the second receiver 1302 includes the antenna 420, the receiver 418, the multi-antenna receiving processor 472, and the receiving processor 470 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
  • the second receiver 1302 includes the antenna 420 , the receiver 418 , and the receiving processor 470 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
  • Embodiment 13A illustrates a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a second node according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 13 .
  • the processing device 1300 in the second node includes a second transmitter 1301 and a second receiver 1302 .
  • the second transmitter 1301 sends first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS resource group, where the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a second RS resource subgroup; Each RS resource in the first subgroup of RS resources is associated to a first PCI, and each RS resource in the second subgroup of RS resources is associated to a second PCI;
  • no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources are used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs, and the no more than L1 RS resources are a subset of the first RS resource subset, The no more than L2 RS resources are a subset of the second RS resource subset; the L1 depends on at least one of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell The former, the first cell is identified by the first PCI; the L2 depends on at least the latter of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell, the second The second cell is identified by the second PCI.
  • the number of RS resources used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the L3 is smaller than the sum of the L1 plus the L2, and the L3 depends on the SSB index of the first cell Maximum number and maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
  • the processing device 1300 in the second node includes:
  • the second receiver 1302 receives a first message; wherein, the number of RS resources used for evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the first message indicates the L3.
  • the number of RS resources included in the no more than L1 RS resources is not less than the first reserved value, and the number of RS resources included in the no more than L2 RS resources is not less than the second reserved value .
  • the second transmitter 1301 sends second signaling, where the second signaling is used to indicate the PCI to which at least one RS resource in the first RS resource group is associated; wherein, the The first signaling is an RRC layer message, the second signaling is a protocol layer message under the RRC layer, and the behavior of receiving the second signaling is based on the behavior not exceeding L1 RS resources and not exceeding L2 Before RS resource evaluation occurs, whether a radio link failure occurs; the PCI to which the at least one RS resource in the first RS resource group is associated is one of the first PCI and the second PCI .
  • the processing device 1300 in the second node includes:
  • the second receiver 1302 receives the third signaling
  • the third signaling is a higher layer signaling, and the radio link failure is evaluated according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources, and is used to trigger the third signaling.
  • the first notification is sent from the first protocol layer of the sender of the third signaling to the second protocol layer of the sender of the third signaling transfer; the second protocol layer is above the first protocol layer, the second signaling is the signaling of the first protocol layer, and the first notification is used by the second protocol layer to determine Whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
  • the second transmitter 1301 includes the antenna 420 , the transmitter 418 , the multi-antenna transmission processor 471 , the transmission processor 416 , the controller/processor 475 , and the memory 476 shown in FIG. 4 of the present application.
  • the second transmitter 1301 includes the antenna 420, the transmitter 418, the multi-antenna transmission processor 471, and the transmission processor 416 shown in FIG. 4 of the present application.
  • the second transmitter 1301 includes the antenna 420, the transmitter 418, and the transmitting processor 416 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
  • the second receiver 1302 includes the antenna 420 , the receiver 418 , the multi-antenna receiving processor 472 , the receiving processor 470 , the controller/processor 475 , and the memory 476 shown in FIG. 4 of the present application.
  • the second receiver 1302 includes the antenna 420, the receiver 418, the multi-antenna receiving processor 472, and the receiving processor 470 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
  • the second receiver 1302 includes the antenna 420 , the receiver 418 , and the receiving processor 470 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
  • Embodiment 14 illustrates a schematic diagram of delivering the first notification according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 14 .
  • the first node 1400 sends a first notification at the first protocol layer 1401 to the second protocol layer 1402 at which the first node 1400 is located; the first node 1400 at the second protocol layer 1402 Receive the first notification; wherein the second signaling is used to trigger the first notification.
  • the first notification is used to determine that the second signaling is received.
  • the first notification is used to indicate whether the first RS resource is associated with the first PCI.
  • the first notification is used to indicate whether the first RS resource is associated with the second PCI.
  • the first notification is used to indicate whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
  • the maximum number of SSB indexes of the serving cell of the first node 1400 is greater than four.
  • the second protocol layer 1402 determines whether the first set of control resources is associated with the first PCI according to the first notification.
  • the maximum number of SSB indexes of the serving cell of the first node 1400 is 4, if the second protocol layer 1402 determines whether the first control resource set is not Associated with the first PCI, the second protocol layer 1402 determines whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource set in the order of monitoring period from short to long, and control resource set identification from high to low .
  • the first protocol layer 1401 includes a MAC layer.
  • the first protocol layer 1401 includes a physical layer.
  • the second protocol layer 1402 includes an RLC layer.
  • the second protocol layer 1402 includes an RRC layer.
  • the first protocol layer 1401 is below the second protocol layer 1402 .
  • the first protocol layer 1401 is a lower layer (lower layer) of the second protocol layer 1402 .
  • the second protocol layer 1402 is an upper layer (upper layer) of the first protocol layer 1401 .
  • the first protocol layer 1401 is a physical layer
  • the second protocol layer 1402 is an RRC layer.
  • the first protocol layer 1401 is a MAC layer
  • the second protocol layer 1402 is an RRC layer.
  • the first notification is a message between protocol layers.
  • the first notification is not an air interface message.
  • the first notification is delivered within the first node 1400 .
  • the accompanying drawing 14 only illustrates that the first protocol layer 1401 and the second protocol layer 1402 belong to the first node 1400; the first node 1400 also includes A protocol layer or component other than the protocol layer 1401 and the second protocol layer 1402 .
  • the first notification is used to indicate that the associated PCI of the at least one RS resource is switched from the first PCI to the second PCI.
  • the first notification is used to indicate that the associated PCI of the at least one RS resource is switched from the second PCI to the first PCI.
  • the second protocol layer 1402 determines whether to reselect the no more than L1 RS resources or whether to reselect the no more than L2 RS resources according to the first notification.
  • the second protocol layer 1402 determines whether the first set of control resources is not associated with the first PCI according to the first notification, the second protocol layer 1402 Whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource set is determined in the order of monitoring period from short to long, and control resource set ID from high to low.
  • the first protocol layer 1401 includes a MAC layer
  • the second protocol layer 1402 includes an RRC layer.
  • the first protocol layer 1401 includes a MAC layer
  • the second protocol layer 1402 includes a physical layer.
  • the first protocol layer 1401 is a physical layer
  • the second protocol layer 1402 is a MAC layer.
  • Embodiment 15 illustrates a schematic diagram of an RS resource in the time domain according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 15 .
  • the one RS resource is periodic.
  • the squares filled with W1, W2, W3, W4 and W5 represent the periodic occurrence position of the one RS resource in the time domain.
  • the first node receives a first MAC CE, where the first MAC CE indicates that the PCI associated with the one RS resource is changed from the first PCI to the second PCI.
  • the first moment in FIG. 15 is the receiving moment of the first MAC CE.
  • the first moment in FIG. 15 is the effective moment when the one RS resource indicated by the first MAC CE is associated with the second PCI.
  • the one RS resource is determined to belong to the first RS resource group.
  • the first node receives the first DCI, where the first DCI indicates that the PCI associated with the one RS resource is changed from the first PCI to the second PCI.
  • the first DCI is a DCI for a downlink grant (Downlink Grant).
  • the first DCI is a group common (Group Common) DCI.
  • the first moment in FIG. 15 is the receiving moment of the first DCI.
  • the first moment in FIG. 15 is the effective moment when the one RS resource indicated by the first DCI is associated with the second PCI.
  • the one RS resource is determined to belong to the first RS resource group.
  • the occurrences associated with different PCIs cannot be simultaneously used for wireless link failure evaluation within one evaluation period. For example, W1 before the first moment in FIG. 15 cannot be used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs in the evaluation period to which W2/W3/W4 belongs.
  • the first node receives a second MAC CE
  • the second MAC CE indicates that starting from the effective moment (for example, the second moment of FIG. 15 ), the PCI associated with the one RS resource starts from the The second PCI transitions to the first PCI.
  • W5 after the second moment cannot be used in the evaluation period to which W2/W3/W4 belongs to evaluate whether a wireless link failure occurs.
  • the first node receives the second DCI
  • the second DCI indicates that the PCI associated with the one RS resource starts from the effective moment (for example, the second moment in Fig. 15 ) from the second DCI
  • the PCI transitions to the first PCI.
  • the user equipment, terminal and UE in this application include but are not limited to drones, communication modules on drones, remote control aircraft, aircraft, small aircraft, mobile phones, tablet computers, notebooks, vehicle communication equipment, wireless sensors, network cards, Internet of things terminal, RFID terminal, NB-IOT terminal, MTC (Machine Type Communication, machine type communication) terminal, eMTC (enhanced MTC, enhanced MTC) terminal, data card, network card, vehicle communication equipment, low-cost mobile phone, low-cost cost tablet PCs and other wireless communication devices.
  • MTC Machine Type Communication, machine type communication
  • eMTC enhanced MTC
  • the base station or system equipment in this application includes but not limited to macrocell base station, microcell base station, home base station, relay base station, gNB (NR Node B) NR Node B, TRP (Transmitter Receiver Point, sending and receiving node) and other wireless communication equipment.
  • gNB NR Node B
  • TRP Transmitter Receiver Point

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application discloses a method and device used in a communication node for radio communication. A communication node receives a first signaling set, the first signaling set comprising at least one first signaling, the first signaling being used for indicating a candidate TCI state set of a first control resource set, and the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set comprising at least one TCI state; and whether a radio link failure (RLF) occurs is evaluated according to a first RS resource group, the first RS resource group comprising at least one RS resource. The solution of the present application more flexibly configures RS resources for RLF measurement.

Description

被用于无线通信的通信节点中的方法和装置Method and apparatus used in a communication node for wireless communication 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及无线通信系统中的传输方法和装置,尤其涉及移动性的传输方法和装置。The present application relates to a transmission method and device in a wireless communication system, in particular to a mobility transmission method and device.
背景技术Background technique
传统的网络控制(Network Controlled)的移动性(mobility)包括小区级的移动性(cell level)和波束级的移动性(beam level),其中,小区级的移动性依赖于RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)信令,波束级的移动性不涉及RRC信令。3GPP(the 3rd Generation Partnership Project,第三代合作伙伴项目)R16之前,波束级的移动性仅针对小区单个小区内的波束管理(BeamManagement)等。3GPPRAN#80次会议决定开展“Further enhancements on MIMO for NR”工作项目(WorkIterm,WI),支持多波束(multi-beam)操作(operation),针对以层一(Layer 1,L1)/层二(Layer 2,L2)为中心的小区间移动性(L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility)以及小区间多TRP(multipleTransmit/Receive Point,mTRP)进行增强。Traditional network controlled (Network Controlled) mobility includes cell level mobility (cell level) and beam level mobility (beam level), where cell level mobility depends on RRC (Radio Resource Control, Radio Resource Control) signaling, beam-level mobility does not involve RRC signaling. Before 3GPP (the 3rd Generation Partnership Project, third-generation partnership project) R16, beam-level mobility was only aimed at beam management (Beam Management) in a single cell. The 3GPPRAN#80 meeting decided to carry out the "Further enhancements on MIMO for NR" work item (WorkIterm, WI) to support multi-beam (multi-beam) operation (operation), aiming at Layer 1 (Layer 1, L1)/Layer 2 ( Layer 2, L2)-centric inter-cell mobility (L1/L2-centric inter-cell mobility) and inter-cell multiple TRP (multiple Transmit/Receive Point, mTRP) are enhanced.
发明内容Contents of the invention
为实现inter-cellL1/L2mobility或者inter-cellmTRP,当UE(UserEquipment,用户设备)在服务小区时,网络通过RRC消息给UE配置另一个小区的无线参数,UE在服务小区(Servingcell)的覆盖范围内,可以使用另一个小区的TRP进行数据传输,另一个小区和服务小区具有不同的PCI(Physical Cell Identifier,物理小区标识)。发明人通过研究发现,现有的用于无线链路失败(RLF,Radio Link Failure)测量的参考信号资源的配置可能要被重新设计。针对上述问题,本申请提供了一种解决方案。虽然上述问题的初衷是针对L1/L2mobility或者mTRP;本申请也同样适用于例如层3切换,或者副链路(sidelink)场景,取得类似的技术效果。此外,不同场景采用统一解决方案还有助于降低硬件复杂度和成本。In order to realize inter-cellL1/L2mobility or inter-cellmTRP, when UE (UserEquipment, user equipment) is in the serving cell, the network configures the radio parameters of another cell to the UE through RRC message, and the UE is within the coverage of the serving cell (Serving cell) , the TRP of another cell can be used for data transmission, and the other cell and the serving cell have different PCIs (Physical Cell Identifier, physical cell identifier). The inventor found through research that the existing configuration of reference signal resources used for radio link failure (RLF, Radio Link Failure) measurement may need to be redesigned. Aiming at the above problems, the present application provides a solution. Although the original intention of the above problem is for L1/L2mobility or mTRP; the present application is also applicable to, for example, Layer 3 handover or sidelink scenarios, and achieves similar technical effects. In addition, adopting a unified solution for different scenarios can also help reduce hardware complexity and cost.
需要说明的是,在不冲突的情况下,本申请的任一节点中的实施例和实施例中的特征可以应用到任一其他节点中。在不冲突的情况下,本申请的实施例和实施例中的特征可以任意相互组合。It should be noted that, in the case of no conflict, the embodiments and features in any node of the present application may be applied to any other node. In the case of no conflict, the embodiments of the present application and the features in the embodiments can be combined with each other arbitrarily.
作为一个实施例,对本申请中的术语(Terminology)的解释参考3GPP的规范协议TS38系列的定义。As an embodiment, the explanation of the term (Terminology) in this application refers to the definition of the TS38 series of standard protocols of 3GPP.
作为一个实施例,对本申请中的术语的解释参考3GPP的规范协议TS36系列的定义。As an example, the explanation of terms in this application refers to the definitions of the TS36 series of standard protocols of 3GPP.
作为一个实施例,对本申请中的术语的解释参考3GPP的规范协议TS37系列的定义。As an example, the explanation of terms in this application refers to the definitions of the TS37 series of standard protocols of 3GPP.
作为一个实施例,对本申请中的术语的解释参考IEEE(Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers,电气和电子工程师协会)的规范协议的定义。As an embodiment, the interpretation of terms in this application refers to the definition of the specification protocol of IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers).
本申请公开了被用于无线通信的第一节点,其特征在于,包括:The present application discloses a first node used for wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
第一接收机,接收第一信令集合,所述第一信令集合包括至少第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一控制资源集合(CORESET,Control Resource Set)的候选TCI(Transmission Configuration Indicator,发送配置指示)状态集合,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合包括至少一个TCI状态;根据第一RS资源组评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述第一RS资源组中包括至少一个RS资源;The first receiver receives a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate for a first control resource set (CORESET, Control Resource Set) TCI (Transmission Configuration Indicator, sending configuration indication) state set, the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes at least one TCI state; evaluate whether a wireless link failure occurs according to the first RS resource group, the second An RS resource group includes at least one RS resource;
其中,所述第一控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态是第一TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中的一个TCI状态;所述第一TCI状态指示至少第一RS资源;至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS(Reference Signal,参考信号)资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组,所述第一节点没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS。Wherein, the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state, and the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set; the first The TCI state indicates at least the first RS resource; at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS (Reference Signal, reference signal) resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the first node is not Configure RadioLinkMonitoringRS.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点没有接收到专门用于配置RLF测量的RS资源的信令。As an embodiment, the first node does not receive signaling dedicated to configuring RS resources for RLF measurement.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点的服务小区上的SSB(Synchronization Signal/PhysicalBroadcast CHannel block,同步信号广播块)的索引的最大数量不小于8。As an embodiment, the maximum number of indexes of SSB (Synchronization Signal/Physical Broadcast CHannel block, synchronization signal broadcast block) on the serving cell of the first node is not less than 8.
作为一个实施例,传统的NR(New Radio,新无线)系统中,如果UE未被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS并且被配置了用于PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control CHannel,物理下行控制信道)接收的TCI状态,CORESET的活跃TCI状态所包括的RS资源是否被用于RLF测量仅跟与所述CORESET关联的搜索空间(Search Space)在时域的周期长短或者所述CORESET的索引有关;而上述方法中,CORESET的活跃TCI状态所包括 的RS资源是否被用于RLF测量与配置候选TCI状态集合的信令有关,提供了更加灵活的选择用于RLF测量的RS资源的可能性,更好的适应不同的移动场景中的需求。As an example, in a traditional NR (New Radio, new radio) system, if the UE is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS and is configured with a TCI state for PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control CHannel, physical downlink control channel) reception, the activity of CORESET Whether the RS resource included in the TCI state is used for RLF measurement is only related to the period length of the search space (Search Space) associated with the CORESET in the time domain or the index of the CORESET; and in the above method, the active TCI of the CORESET Whether the RS resources included in the state are used for RLF measurement is related to the signaling of the configuration candidate TCI state set, which provides a more flexible possibility of selecting RS resources for RLF measurement, and better adapts to different mobile scenarios. need.
本申请公开了被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法,其特征在于,包括:The present application discloses a method used in a first node of wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
接收第一信令集合,所述第一信令集合包括至少第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合包括至少一个TCI状态;receiving a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate TCI state set of a first set of control resources, and the set of TCI states of the first set of control resources The set of candidate TCI states includes at least one TCI state;
根据第一RS资源组评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述第一RS资源组中包括至少一个RS资源;Evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs according to the first RS resource group, where the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource;
其中,所述第一控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态是第一TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中的一个TCI状态;所述第一TCI状态指示至少第一RS资源;至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组,所述第一节点没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS。Wherein, the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state, and the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set; the first The TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource; at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法的特征在于,所述句子至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合是否包括被关联到第一PCI的RS资源被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组。Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the first node of wireless communication is characterized in that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to The first RS resource group includes: whether the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes RS resources associated to the first PCI is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,上述方法能灵活的根据是否被关联到所述第一PCI确定用于RLF测量的RS资源,提高了配置灵活性。As an embodiment, the above method can flexibly determine the RS resource used for RLF measurement according to whether it is associated with the first PCI, which improves configuration flexibility.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法的特征在于,如果所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中每个TCI状态所包括的RS资源未被关联到第一PCI,所述第一RS资源属于所述第一RS资源组;如果所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中每个TCI状态所包括的RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第一RS资源不属于所述第一RS资源组。Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that if each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes The RS resource of is not associated to the first PCI, and the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; if the RS included in each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set A resource is associated to a first PCI, and the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,上述方法排除了仅被关联到所述第一PCI的CORESET的活跃TCI状态所包括的RS资源,与现有NR系统保持更好的兼容性。As an embodiment, the above method excludes RS resources only included in the active TCI state of the CORESET associated with the first PCI, so as to maintain better compatibility with the existing NR system.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法的特征在于,包括:Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
接收第二信令,所述第二信令包括所述第一控制资源集合的标识和一个TCI状态的标识;receiving second signaling, where the second signaling includes an identifier of the first control resource set and an identifier of a TCI state;
其中,所述句子至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中TCI状态的标识为所述第二信令所包括的所述一个TCI状态的标识的那个TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是否包括被关联到第一PCI的RS资源被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组;所述第二信令指示所述第一TCI状态被应用于所述第一控制资源集合。Wherein, the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the first TCI state is the first control resource set of the The TCI state identifier in the candidate TCI state set is the TCI state identified by the one TCI state included in the second signaling, and whether the first TCI state includes that the RS resource associated to the first PCI is used For determining whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; the second signaling indicates that the first TCI state is applied to the first set of control resources.
作为一个实施例,上述方法将所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组关联到CORESET的活跃TCI状态,能够更加及时的配置用于RLF测量的RS资源。As an embodiment, the above method correlates whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group to the active TCI state of the CORESET, so that RS resources for RLF measurement can be configured in a more timely manner.
作为一个实施例,如果所述第一RS资源被判断为属于所述第一RS资源组;所述第一节点设备在接收所述第二信令之前对所述第一RS资源的测量不被包括于所述行为根据第一RS资源组评估是否发生无线链路失败。As an embodiment, if the first RS resource is determined to belong to the first RS resource group; the measurement of the first RS resource by the first node device before receiving the second signaling is not Included in the act is to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs based on the first set of RS resources.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法的特征在于,所述句子所述第一TCI状态是否包括被关联到第一PCI的RS资源被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:如果所述第一TCI状态不包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源,所述第一RS资源属于所述第一RS资源组;如果所述第一TCI状态包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源,所述第一RS资源不属于所述第一RS资源组。Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that whether the first TCI state in the sentence includes that the RS resource associated to the first PCI is used Determining whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: if the first TCI state does not include an RS resource associated to the first PCI, the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group. An RS resource group; if the first TCI state includes RS resources associated with the first PCI, the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法的特征在于,包括:Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
作为接收所述第二信令的响应,从第一协议层向第二协议层传递第一通知;In response to receiving the second signaling, delivering a first notification from the first protocol layer to the second protocol layer;
其中,所述第二协议层在所述第一协议层之上,所述第二信令是所述第一协议层的信令,所述第一通知被所述第二协议层用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组。Wherein, the second protocol layer is above the first protocol layer, the second signaling is the signaling of the first protocol layer, and the first notification is used by the second protocol layer to determine Whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法的特征在于,所述第一信令集合包括Q1个信令,所述Q1是大于1且不大于64的正整数;所述Q1个信令分别对应Q1个控制资源集合,所述Q1个信令中的任一信令指示对应的控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合;所述第一信令是所述 Q1个信令中的一个信令,所述第一控制资源集合是所述Q1个控制资源集合中对应所述第一信令的那个控制资源集合;按照首先监测周期从短到长、其次控制资源集合标识从高到低的顺序,仅当在Q2个控制资源集合中排序在所述第一控制资源集合之前的控制资源集合的数量不超过第一数值减1所得的差时,所述第一信令才被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组;所述Q2个控制资源集合是由所述Q1个控制资源集合中没有被关联到所述第一PCI的所有控制资源集合组成,所述第一数值是不小于2且不大于64的正整数。Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that the first signaling set includes Q1 signaling, and the Q1 is greater than 1 and not greater than A positive integer of 64; the Q1 signalings correspond to the Q1 control resource sets respectively, and any signaling in the Q1 signalings indicates the candidate TCI state set of the corresponding control resource set; the first signaling is One of the Q1 signalings, the first control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the first signaling in the Q1 control resource sets; according to the first monitoring cycle from short to long, Secondly, the order of the control resource set identifiers from high to low is only when the number of control resource sets that are ranked before the first control resource set in the Q2 control resource sets does not exceed the difference obtained by subtracting 1 from the first value. The first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; the Q2 control resource sets are those that are not associated with the first RS resource set in the Q1 control resource set A set of all control resources of a PCI is composed, and the first value is a positive integer not less than 2 and not greater than 64.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法的特征在于,包括:Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
作为评估发生无线链路失败的响应,进入RRC空闲(RRC_IDLE)状态。In response to assessing the occurrence of a radio link failure, the RRC_IDLE state is entered.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法的特征在于,包括:Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
作为评估发生无线链路失败的响应,发送第三信令;As a response to evaluating the occurrence of wireless link failure, sending a third signaling;
其中,所述第三信令是更高层信令。Wherein, the third signaling is higher layer signaling.
本申请公开了被用于无线通信的第二节点中的方法,其特征在于,包括:The present application discloses a method used in a second node of wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
发送第一信令集合,所述第一信令集合包括至少第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合包括至少一个TCI状态;第一RS资源组被用于评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述第一RS资源组中包括至少一个RS资源;sending a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least first signaling, the first signaling is used to indicate the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set, the first control resource set The candidate TCI state set includes at least one TCI state; the first RS resource group is used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs, and the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource;
接收第三信令,所述第三信令是更高层信令;receiving third signaling, where the third signaling is higher layer signaling;
其中,所述第一控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态是第一TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中的一个TCI状态;所述第一TCI状态指示至少第一RS资源;至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组,所述第三信令的发送者没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS;作为评估发生无线链路失败的响应,所述第三信令被发送。Wherein, the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state, and the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set; the first The TCI state indicates at least the first RS resource; at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the sender of the third signaling is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS; The third signaling is sent in response to assessing the occurrence of a radio link failure.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第二节点中的方法的特征在于,所述句子至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合是否包括被关联到第一PCI的RS资源被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组。Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to The first RS resource group includes: whether the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes RS resources associated to the first PCI is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第二节点中的方法的特征在于,如果所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中每个TCI状态所包括的RS资源未被关联到第一PCI,所述第一RS资源属于所述第一RS资源组;如果所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中每个TCI状态所包括的RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第一RS资源不属于所述第一RS资源组。Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that if each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes The RS resource of is not associated to the first PCI, and the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; if the RS included in each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set A resource is associated to a first PCI, and the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第二节点中的方法的特征在于,包括:Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
发送第二信令,所述第二信令包括所述第一控制资源集合的标识和一个TCI状态的标识;Sending second signaling, where the second signaling includes an identifier of the first control resource set and an identifier of a TCI state;
其中,所述句子至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中TCI状态的标识为所述第二信令所包括的所述一个TCI状态的标识的那个TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是否包括被关联到第一PCI的RS资源被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组;所述第二信令指示所述第一TCI状态被应用于所述第一控制资源集合。Wherein, the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the first TCI state is the first control resource set of the The TCI state identifier in the candidate TCI state set is the TCI state identified by the one TCI state included in the second signaling, and whether the first TCI state includes that the RS resource associated to the first PCI is used For determining whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; the second signaling indicates that the first TCI state is applied to the first set of control resources.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第二节点中的方法的特征在于,所述句子所述第一TCI状态是否包括被关联到第一PCI的RS资源被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:如果所述第一TCI状态不包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源,所述第一RS资源属于所述第一RS资源组;如果所述第一TCI状态包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源,所述第一RS资源不属于所述第一RS资源组。Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that whether the first TCI state in the sentence includes that the RS resource associated to the first PCI is used Determining whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: if the first TCI state does not include an RS resource associated to the first PCI, the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group. An RS resource group; if the first TCI state includes RS resources associated with the first PCI, the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第二节点中的方法的特征在于,作为接收所述第二信令的响应,第一通知被从所述第三信令的发送者的第一协议层向所述第三信令的发送者的第二协议层传递;所述第二协议层在所述第一协议层之上,所述第二信令是所述第一协议层的信令,所述第一通知被所述第二协议层用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组。Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that, as a response to receiving the second signaling, the first notification is received from the third signaling The first protocol layer of the sender of the third signaling is transferred to the second protocol layer of the sender of the third signaling; the second protocol layer is above the first protocol layer, and the second signaling is the Signaling of the first protocol layer, the first notification is used by the second protocol layer to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第二节点中的方法的特征在于,所述第一信令集合包括Q1个信令,所述Q1是大于1且不大于64的正整数;所述Q1个信令分别对应Q1个控制资源 集合,所述Q1个信令中的任一信令指示对应的控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合;所述第一信令是所述Q1个信令中的一个信令,所述第一控制资源集合是所述Q1个控制资源集合中对应所述第一信令的那个控制资源集合;按照首先监测周期从短到长、其次控制资源集合标识从高到低的顺序,仅当在Q2个控制资源集合中排序在所述第一控制资源集合之前的控制资源集合的数量不超过第一数值减1所得的差时,所述第一信令才被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组;所述Q2个控制资源集合是由所述Q1个控制资源集合中没有被关联到所述第一PCI的所有控制资源集合组成,所述第一数值是不小于2且不大于64的正整数。Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that the first signaling set includes Q1 signaling, and the Q1 is greater than 1 and not greater than A positive integer of 64; the Q1 signalings correspond to the Q1 control resource sets respectively, and any signaling in the Q1 signalings indicates the candidate TCI state set of the corresponding control resource set; the first signaling is One of the Q1 signalings, the first control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the first signaling in the Q1 control resource sets; according to the first monitoring cycle from short to long, Secondly, the order of the control resource set identifiers from high to low is only when the number of control resource sets that are ranked before the first control resource set in the Q2 control resource sets does not exceed the difference obtained by subtracting 1 from the first value. The first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; the Q2 control resource sets are those that are not associated with the first RS resource set in the Q1 control resource set A set of all control resources of a PCI is composed, and the first value is a positive integer not less than 2 and not greater than 64.
本申请公开了被用于无线通信的第二节点,其特征在于,包括:The present application discloses a second node used for wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
第二发射机,发送第一信令集合,所述第一信令集合包括至少第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合包括至少一个TCI状态;第一RS资源组评估被用于评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述第一RS资源组中包括至少一个RS资源;The second transmitter sends a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate TCI state set of a first control resource set, the first signaling set The candidate TCI state set of a control resource set includes at least one TCI state; the first RS resource group evaluation is used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs, and the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource;
第二接收机,接收第三信令,所述第三信令是更高层信令;The second receiver receives third signaling, where the third signaling is higher layer signaling;
其中,所述第一控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态是第一TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中的一个TCI状态;所述第一TCI状态指示至少第一RS资源;至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组,所述第三信令的发送者没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS;作为评估发生无线链路失败的响应,所述第三信令被发送。Wherein, the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state, and the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set; the first The TCI state indicates at least the first RS resource; at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the sender of the third signaling is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS; The third signaling is sent in response to assessing the occurrence of a radio link failure.
作为一个实施例,和传统方案相比,本申请具备如下优势:As an example, compared with traditional solutions, this application has the following advantages:
-.更加灵活的配置用于RLF测量的RS资源;- More flexible configuration of RS resources for RLF measurement;
-.和现有系统保持更好的兼容性。-. Maintain better compatibility with existing systems.
本申请公开了被用于无线通信的第一节点,其特征在于,包括:The present application discloses a first node used for wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
被用于无线通信的第一节点,其中,包括:A first node used for wireless communication, including:
第一接收机,接收第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一RS(Reference Signal,参考信号)资源组,所述第一RS资源组包括第一RS资源子组和第二RS资源子组;所述第一RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第二RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第二PCI;The first receiver receives first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS (Reference Signal, reference signal) resource group, where the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a first RS resource subgroup Two RS resource subgroups; each RS resource in the first RS resource subgroup is associated to a first PCI, and each RS resource in the second RS resource subgroup is associated to a second PCI;
所述第一接收机,根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败(RLF,Radio Link Failure),所述不超过L1个RS资源是所述第一RS资源子组的子集,所述不超过L2个RS资源是所述第二RS资源子组的子集;The first receiver evaluates whether a radio link failure (RLF, Radio Link Failure) occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources, and the no more than L1 RS resources are the first RS A subset of a resource subset, the no more than L2 RS resources are a subset of the second RS resource subset;
其中,所述L1依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB(Synchronization Signal/Physical Broadcast CHannel block,同步信号广播块)索引的最大数量二者中的至少前者,所述第一小区被所述第一PCI标识;所述L2依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量二者中的至少后者,所述第二小区被所述第二PCI标识。Wherein, the L1 depends on at least the former of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB (Synchronization Signal/Physical Broadcast CHannel block, synchronization signal broadcast block) indexes of the second cell, the second a cell is identified by said first PCI; said L2 is dependent on at least the latter of a maximum number of SSB indices for a first cell and a maximum number of SSB indices for a second cell, said second cell being identified by said Second PCI identifier.
本申请公开了被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法,其特征在于,包括:The present application discloses a method used in a first node of wireless communication, which is characterized in that it includes:
接收第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一RS(Reference Signal,参考信号)资源组,所述第一RS资源组包括第一RS资源子组和第二RS资源子组;所述第一RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第二RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第二PCI;Receiving first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS (Reference Signal, reference signal) resource group, where the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a second RS resource subgroup ; Each RS resource in the first RS resource subgroup is associated to a first PCI, and each RS resource in the second RS resource subgroup is associated to a second PCI;
根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述不超过L1个RS资源是所述第一RS资源子组的子集,所述不超过L2个RS资源是所述第二RS资源子组的子集;Evaluate whether a wireless link failure occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources, the no more than L1 RS resources are a subset of the first RS resource subset, and the no more than L2 RS resources the resources are a subset of the second subset of RS resources;
其中,所述L1依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB(Synchronization Signal/Physical Broadcast CHannel block,同步信号广播块)索引的最大数量二者中的至少前者,所述第一小区被所述第一PCI标识;所述L2依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量二者中的至少后者,所述第二小区被所述第二PCI标识。Wherein, the L1 depends on at least the former of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB (Synchronization Signal/Physical Broadcast CHannel block, synchronization signal broadcast block) indexes of the second cell, the second a cell is identified by said first PCI; said L2 is dependent on at least the latter of a maximum number of SSB indices for a first cell and a maximum number of SSB indices for a second cell, said second cell being identified by said Second PCI identifier.
作为一个实施例,上述方法的一个优点在于将关联到两个PCI上的RS资源用于测试一个RLF。As an embodiment, an advantage of the above method is that RS resources associated with two PCIs are used to test one RLF.
作为一个实施例,上述方法的一个优点在于避免了发送下行信令显式的指示第一节点如何选择关联到每个PCI上的RS资源,降低了信令开销。As an embodiment, an advantage of the above method is that it avoids sending downlink signaling to explicitly instruct the first node how to select an RS resource associated with each PCI, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
作为一个实施例,所述第二小区是所述第一节点的Spcell(Special Cell,特殊小区)。As an embodiment, the second cell is a Spcell (Special Cell, special cell) of the first node.
作为一个实施例,所述第一小区的SSB索引的所述最大数量小于所述第二小区的SSB索引的所述最大数量。As an embodiment, the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell is smaller than the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法的特征在于,用于评估是否发生无线链路失败的RS资源的数量不超过L3;所述L3小于所述L1加上所述L2的和,所述L3依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量。Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the first node of wireless communication is characterized in that the number of RS resources used for evaluating whether a wireless link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the L3 is less than The sum of said L1 plus said L2, said L3 depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
作为一个实施例,上述方法的好处是避免盲目扩大第一节点所支持的用于RLF测量的RS资源的最大数量,降低了所述第一节点的复杂度开销。As an embodiment, the advantage of the above method is that it avoids blindly expanding the maximum number of RS resources supported by the first node for RLF measurement, and reduces the complexity overhead of the first node.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法的特征在于,包括:Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
发送第一消息;send the first message;
其中,用于评估是否发生无线链路失败的RS资源的数量不超过L3;所述第一消息指示所述L3。Wherein, the number of RS resources used for evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the first message indicates the L3.
作为一个实施例,所述L3等于所述L1加上所述L2的和,所述L1仅依赖于所述第一小区的SSB索引的所述最大数量;所述L2仅依赖于所述第二小区的SSB索引的所述最大数量。As an embodiment, the L3 is equal to the sum of the L1 plus the L2, the L1 only depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell; the L2 only depends on the second The maximum number of SSB indices for a cell.
作为一个实施例,根据第一节点的指示确定所述L3,提供了和现有系统保持较好的兼容性的机会,例如L1和L2都和现有系统保持兼容。As an embodiment, determining the L3 according to the indication of the first node provides an opportunity to maintain better compatibility with the existing system, for example, both L1 and L2 are compatible with the existing system.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法的特征在于,所述不超过L1个RS资源中所包括的RS资源的数量不小于第一保留值,所述不超过L2个RS资源中所包括的RS资源的数量不小于第二保留值。Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that the number of RS resources included in the no more than L1 RS resources is not less than the first reserved value , the number of RS resources included in the no more than L2 RS resources is not less than the second reserved value.
作为一个实施例,上述方法能确保被关联到每个PCI的RS资源的数量不低于特定保留值,确保针对每个小区的监测质量。As an embodiment, the above method can ensure that the number of RS resources associated with each PCI is not lower than a specific reserved value, so as to ensure the quality of monitoring for each cell.
作为一个实施例,所述第一保留值和所述第二保留值都是正整数。As an embodiment, both the first reserved value and the second reserved value are positive integers.
作为一个实施例,所述第一保留值和所述第二保留值都是常数1。As an embodiment, both the first reserved value and the second reserved value are constant 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第一保留值依赖于所述第一小区的的SSB索引的所述最大数量和所述第一RS资源组中被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源的数量二者中的至少前者;所述第二保留值依赖于所述第二小区的的SSB索引的所述最大数量和所述第一RS资源组中被关联到所述第二PCI的RS资源的数量二者中的至少前者。As an embodiment, the first reserved value depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the number of RS resources associated with the first PCI in the first RS resource group. at least the former of the former; the second reserved value depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell and the number of RS resources in the first RS resource group associated to the second PCI At least the former of the two.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法的特征在于,包括:Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
从所述第一RS资源子组中选择不超过L1个RS资源,从所述第二RS资源子组中选择不超过L2个RS资源;selecting no more than L1 RS resources from the first RS resource subgroup, and selecting no more than L2 RS resources from the second RS resource subgroup;
其中,所述第一RS资源子组中被关联到所述第一PCI的所述RS资源的数量大于所述L1,所述第二RS资源子组中被关联到所述第二PCI的所述RS资源的数量大于所述L2。Wherein, the number of the RS resources associated with the first PCI in the first RS resource subgroup is larger than the L1, and the number of the RS resources associated with the second PCI in the second RS resource subgroup is The quantity of the RS resources is greater than the L2.
作为一个实施例,按照首先监测周期从短到长、其次控制资源集合标识从高到低的顺序选择RS资源。As an embodiment, the RS resources are selected in the order of monitoring periods from short to long, and control resource set identifiers from high to low.
作为一个实施例,按照首先监测周期从短到长、其次RS资源的类型、再次RS资源的标识顺序选择RS资源。As an embodiment, the RS resources are selected according to the order of the monitoring period from short to long, followed by the type of the RS resource, and the identification of the RS resource.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法的特征在于,包括:Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
接收第二信令,所述第二信令被用于指示第一RS资源组中的至少一个RS资源被关联到的PCI;receiving second signaling used to indicate a PCI to which at least one RS resource in the first RS resource group is associated;
其中,所述第一信令是RRC层消息,所述第二信令是RRC层之下的协议层的消息,所述行为接收第二信令在所述行为根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败之前;所述第一RS资源组中的所述至少一个RS资源被关联到的所述PCI是所述第一PCI和所述第二PCI二者中之一。Wherein, the first signaling is an RRC layer message, the second signaling is a protocol layer message under the RRC layer, and the behavior of receiving the second signaling is based on the behavior not exceeding L1 RS resources and No more than L2 RS resources before assessing whether a radio link failure occurs; the PCI to which the at least one RS resource in the first RS resource group is associated is the first PCI and the second PCI one of them.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法的特征在于,包括:Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the first node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
作为根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估发生无线链路失败的响应,发送第三信令;Sending a third signaling as a response to evaluating that a radio link failure occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources;
其中,所述第三信令是更高层信令。Wherein, the third signaling is higher layer signaling.
本申请公开了被用于无线通信的第二节点,其中,包括:The present application discloses a second node used for wireless communication, including:
第二发射机,发送第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一RS资源组,所述第一RS资源组包括第一RS资源子组和第二RS资源子组;所述第一RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第二RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第二PCI;The second transmitter sends first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS resource group, where the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a second RS resource subgroup; Each RS resource in the first RS resource subgroup is associated to a first PCI, and each RS resource in the second RS resource subgroup is associated to a second PCI;
其中,不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源被用于评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述不超过L1 个RS资源是所述第一RS资源子组的子集,所述不超过L2个RS资源是所述第二RS资源子组的子集;所述L1依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量二者中的至少前者,所述第一小区被所述第一PCI标识;所述L2依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量二者中的至少后者,所述第二小区被所述第二PCI标识。Wherein, no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources are used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs, the no more than L1 RS resources are a subset of the first RS resource subset, and the no more than L1 RS resources are a subset of the first RS resource subset, More than L2 RS resources are a subset of the second subset of RS resources; the L1 depends on at least the former of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell, so The first cell is identified by the first PCI; the L2 depends on at least the latter of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell, the second cell is identified by The second PCI identifier.
本申请公开了被用于无线通信的第二节点中的方法,其中,包括:The present application discloses a method used in a second node of wireless communication, including:
发送第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一RS资源组,所述第一RS资源组包括第一RS资源子组和第二RS资源子组;所述第一RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第二RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第二PCI;Sending first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS resource group, where the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a second RS resource subgroup; the first RS resource each RS resource in the subgroup is associated to a first PCI, and each RS resource in the second subgroup of RS resources is associated to a second PCI;
其中,不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源被用于评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述不超过L1个RS资源是所述第一RS资源子组的子集,所述不超过L2个RS资源是所述第二RS资源子组的子集;所述L1依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量二者中的至少前者,所述第一小区被所述第一PCI标识;所述L2依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量二者中的至少后者,所述第二小区被所述第二PCI标识。Wherein, no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources are used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs, the no more than L1 RS resources are a subset of the first RS resource subset, and the no more than L1 RS resources are a subset of the first RS resource subset, More than L2 RS resources are a subset of the second subset of RS resources; the L1 depends on at least the former of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell, so The first cell is identified by the first PCI; the L2 depends on at least the latter of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell, the second cell is identified by The second PCI identifier.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第二节点中的方法的特征在于,用于评估是否发生无线链路失败的RS资源的数量不超过L3;所述L3小于所述L1加上所述L2的和,所述L3依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量。Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that the number of RS resources used for evaluating whether a wireless link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the L3 is less than The sum of said L1 plus said L2, said L3 depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第二节点中的方法的特征在于,包括:Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
接收第一消息;receive the first message;
其中,用于评估是否发生无线链路失败的RS资源的数量不超过L3;所述第一消息指示所述L3。Wherein, the number of RS resources used for evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the first message indicates the L3.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第二节点中的方法的特征在于,所述不超过L1个RS资源中所包括的RS资源的数量不小于第一保留值,所述不超过L2个RS资源中所包括的RS资源的数量不小于第二保留值。Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that the number of RS resources included in the no more than L1 RS resources is not less than the first reserved value , the number of RS resources included in the no more than L2 RS resources is not less than the second reserved value.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第二节点中的方法的特征在于,包括:Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
发送第二信令,所述第二信令被用于指示第一RS资源组中的至少一个RS资源被关联到的PCI;sending second signaling, where the second signaling is used to indicate the PCI to which at least one RS resource in the first RS resource group is associated;
其中,所述第一信令是RRC层消息,所述第二信令是RRC层之下的协议层的消息,所述行为接收第二信令在所述行为根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败之前;所述第一RS资源组中的所述至少一个RS资源被关联到的所述PCI是所述第一PCI和所述第二PCI二者中之一。Wherein, the first signaling is an RRC layer message, the second signaling is a protocol layer message under the RRC layer, and the behavior of receiving the second signaling is based on the behavior not exceeding L1 RS resources and No more than L2 RS resources before assessing whether a radio link failure occurs; the PCI to which the at least one RS resource in the first RS resource group is associated is the first PCI and the second PCI one of them.
具体的,根据本申请的一个方面,所述被用于无线通信的第二节点中的方法的特征在于,包括:Specifically, according to one aspect of the present application, the method used in the second node for wireless communication is characterized in that it includes:
接收第三信令;receiving the third signaling;
其中,所述第三信令是更高层信令,根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估发生无线链路失败被用于触发所述第三信令。Wherein, the third signaling is a higher layer signaling, and the radio link failure is evaluated according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources, and is used to trigger the third signaling.
作为一个实施例,和传统方案相比,本申请具备如下至少之一优势:As an embodiment, compared with the traditional solution, the present application has at least one of the following advantages:
-.更加灵活的配置用于RLF测量的RS资源;- More flexible configuration of RS resources for RLF measurement;
-.降低第一节点的复杂度;-. Reduce the complexity of the first node;
-.和现有系统保持更好的兼容性。-. Maintain better compatibility with existing systems.
附图说明Description of drawings
通过阅读参照以下附图中的对非限制性实施例所作的详细描述,本申请的其它特征、目的和优点将会变得更加明显:Other characteristics, objects and advantages of the present application will become more apparent by reading the detailed description of non-limiting embodiments with reference to the following drawings:
图1示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一信令集合的传输的流程图;FIG. 1 shows a flow chart of transmission of a first signaling set according to an embodiment of the present application;
图1A示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的评估是否发生RLF的流程图;Figure 1A shows a flow chart of evaluating whether RLF occurs according to one embodiment of the present application;
图2示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的网络架构的示意图;FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的用户平面和控制平面的无线协议架构的实施例的示意图;FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a wireless protocol architecture of a user plane and a control plane according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一通信设备和第二通信设备的示意图;Fig. 4 shows a schematic diagram of a first communication device and a second communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的无线信号传输流程图;FIG. 5 shows a flow chart of wireless signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5A示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的无线信号传输流程图;FIG. 5A shows a flow chart of wireless signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的传输RS资源的流程图;FIG. 6 shows a flow chart of transmitting RS resources according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6A示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的传输RS资源的流程图;FIG. 6A shows a flow chart of transmitting RS resources according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的PDCCH所占用的时域资源的示意图;FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of time domain resources occupied by a PDCCH according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7A示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的确定L个RS资源的流程图;图8示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的一个RS资源在时域上的示意图;FIG. 7A shows a flowchart of determining L RS resources according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of an RS resource in the time domain according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8A示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control CHannel,物理下行控制信道)所占用的时域资源的示意图;FIG. 8A shows a schematic diagram of time domain resources occupied by a PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control CHannel, Physical Downlink Control Channel) according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的传输第三信令的流程图;FIG. 9 shows a flow chart of transmitting a third signaling according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9A示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的传输第三信令的流程图;FIG. 9A shows a flow chart of transmitting a third signaling according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一小区与第二小区之间的关系的示意图;Fig. 10 shows a schematic diagram of the relationship between the first cell and the second cell according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的上报周期和评估周期的示意图;Fig. 11 shows a schematic diagram of a reporting cycle and an evaluation cycle according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11A示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的上报周期和评估周期的示意图;FIG. 11A shows a schematic diagram of a reporting cycle and an evaluation cycle according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的用于第一节点中的处理装置的结构框图;Fig. 12 shows a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a first node according to an embodiment of the present application;
图13示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的用于第二节点中的处理装置的结构框图;Fig. 13 shows a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a second node according to an embodiment of the present application;
图14示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的传递第一通知的示意图;Fig. 14 shows a schematic diagram of delivering a first notification according to an embodiment of the present application;
图15示出了根据本申请的一个实施例的一个RS资源在时域上的示意图。Fig. 15 shows a schematic diagram of an RS resource in the time domain according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下文将结合附图对本申请的技术方案作进一步详细说明,需要说明的是,在不冲突的情况下,本申请中的实施例和实施例中的特征可以任意相互组合。The technical solutions of the present application will be described in further detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. It should be noted that, in the case of no conflict, the embodiments in the present application and the features in the embodiments can be combined arbitrarily.
实施例1Example 1
实施例1示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一信令集合的传输的流程图,如附图1所示。附图1中,每个方框代表一个步骤。Embodiment 1 illustrates a flow chart of transmission of a first signaling set according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 1 . In Figure 1, each box represents a step.
在实施例1中,本申请中的第一节点100在步骤101中,接收第一信令集合,所述第一信令集合包括至少第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合包括至少一个TCI状态;在步骤102中根据第一RS资源组评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述第一RS资源组中包括至少一个RS资源;In Embodiment 1, in step 101, the first node 100 in this application receives a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least the first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate The candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set, the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes at least one TCI state; in step 102, it is evaluated according to the first RS resource group whether a radio link failure occurs, so The first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource;
实施例1中,所述第一控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态是第一TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中的一个TCI状态;所述第一TCI状态指示至少第一RS资源;至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组,所述第一节点没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS。In Embodiment 1, the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state, and the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set; The first TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource; at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令集合是更高层信令。As an embodiment, the first signaling set is higher layer signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括一个下行链路(Downlink,DL)信令。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes a downlink (Downlink, DL) signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括一个副链路(Sidelink,SL)信令。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes a side link (Sidelink, SL) signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令是RRC消息。As an embodiment, the first signaling is an RRC message.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括至少一个RRC消息。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes at least one RRC message.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括RRC消息中的至少一个IE(Information element,信息元素)。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes at least one IE (Information element, information element) in the RRC message.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括RRC消息中的至少一个域(Field)。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes at least one field (Field) in the RRC message.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令集合是RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)层信令。As an embodiment, the first signaling set is RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) layer signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一控制资源集合的标识为0,所述第一信令包括PDSCH-Config IE(Information Element,信息单元),所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合包括所述PDSCH-Config IE中的tci-States-ToAddModList。As an embodiment, the identifier of the first control resource set is 0, the first signaling includes PDSCH-Config IE (Information Element, information element), the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set Include tci-States-ToAddModList in the PDSCH-Config IE.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合包括所述PDSCH-Config IE中的tci-States-ToReleaseList。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes tci-States-ToReleaseList in the PDSCH-Config IE.
作为一个实施例,所述第一控制资源集合的标识不为0,所述第一信令包括tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList。As an embodiment, the identifier of the first control resource set is not 0, and the first signaling includes tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一信令包括tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, the first signaling includes tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一信令属于用于配置所述第一控制资源集合的controlResourceSet IE。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, the first signaling belongs to the controlResourceSet IE used to configure the first control resource set.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一信令属于用于配置所述第一控制资源集合的controlResourceSet IE且不包括controlResourceSetId。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, the first signaling belongs to the controlResourceSet IE used to configure the first control resource set and does not include the controlResourceSetId.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一控制资源集合的标识不为0,所述第一信令仅包括tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList和tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, the identifier of the first control resource set is not 0, and the first signaling only includes tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList and tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList.
作为一个实施例,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合仅包括一个TCI状态,所述第一控制资源集合的所述活跃TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合所包括那个TCI状态。As an embodiment, the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set only includes one TCI state, and the active TCI state of the first control resource set is the candidate of the first control resource set The TCI state included in the TCI state set.
作为一个实施例,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合仅包括多个TCI状态,所述第一控制资源集合的所述活跃TCI状态被第二信令指示。As an embodiment, the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set only includes multiple TCI states, and the active TCI state of the first control resource set is indicated by the second signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令集合仅包括至少第一信令,即所述第一信令集合是所述第一信令。As an embodiment, the first signaling set only includes at least the first signaling, that is, the first signaling set is the first signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点被配置了用于接收PDCCH的TCI状态中存在至少一个TCI状态包括CSI-RS(Channel Status Information Reference Signal,信道状态信息参考信号)资源。As an embodiment, at least one TCI state in which the first node is configured to receive the PDCCH includes a CSI-RS (Channel Status Information Reference Signal, channel state information reference signal) resource.
作为一个实施例,仅当所述第一节点被配置了用于接收PDCCH的TCI状态中存在至少一个TCI状态包括CSI-RS资源时,所述行为根据第一RS资源组评估是否发生无线链路失败才被执行。As an embodiment, only when at least one TCI state including CSI-RS resources exists among the TCI states configured to receive PDCCH at the first node, the behavior evaluates whether a wireless link occurs according to the first RS resource group failed to be executed.
作为一个实施例,上述CSI-RS资源被配置给所述第一控制资源集合所属的BWP(BandWidth Part,带宽部分)。As an embodiment, the above CSI-RS resource is configured to a BWP (BandWidth Part, bandwidth part) to which the first control resource set belongs.
作为一个实施例,上述CSI-RS资源被配置给所述第一控制资源集合所属的载波分量(Component Carrier)。As an embodiment, the above CSI-RS resource is configured to a carrier component (Component Carrier) to which the first control resource set belongs.
作为一个实施例,仅当第一节点被配置了用于接收PDCCH的TCI状态中存在至少一个TCI状态包括被关联到第二PCI的CSI-RS资源时,所述行为根据第一RS资源组评估是否发生无线链路失败才被执行,所述第二PCI是所述第一节点的服务小区的PCI。As an embodiment, the behavior is evaluated according to the first RS resource group only when there is at least one TCI state in which the first node is configured to receive the PDCCH including the CSI-RS resource associated to the second PCI It is executed only if a radio link failure occurs, and the second PCI is the PCI of the serving cell of the first node.
作为一个实施例,上述CSI-RS资源被配置给所述第一控制资源集合所属的BWP(BandWidth Part,带宽部分)。As an embodiment, the above CSI-RS resource is configured to a BWP (BandWidth Part, bandwidth part) to which the first control resource set belongs.
作为一个实施例,上述CSI-RS资源被配置给所述第一控制资源集合所属的载波分量(Component Carrier)。As an embodiment, the above CSI-RS resource is configured to a carrier component (Component Carrier) to which the first control resource set belongs.
作为一个实施例,所述第一RS资源是一个CSI-RS资源。As an embodiment, the first RS resource is a CSI-RS resource.
作为一个实施例,如果所述第一RS资源属于所述第一RS资源组,所述第一RS资源被用于评估是否发生无线链路失败;如果所述第一RS资源不属于所述第一RS资源组,所述第一RS资源不被用于评估是否发生无线链路失败。As an embodiment, if the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, the first RS resource is used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs; if the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group An RS resource group, the first RS resource is not used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs.
作为一个实施例,所述短语所述第一节点没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS是指:所述第一节点在所述第一控制资源集合所属的BWP(BandWidth Part,带宽部分)上没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS。As an embodiment, the phrase that the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS means that the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS on the BWP (BandWidth Part, bandwidth part) to which the first control resource set belongs.
作为一个实施例,所述短语所述第一节点没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS是指:所述第一节点在所述第一控制资源集合所属的载波分量(Carrier Component)上没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS。As an embodiment, the phrase that the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS means that the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS on the carrier component (Carrier Component) to which the first control resource set belongs.
作为一个实施例,所述短语所述第一节点没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS是指:所述第一节点在所述第一控制资源集合所属的服务小区上没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS。As an embodiment, the phrase that the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS means that the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS on the serving cell to which the first control resource set belongs.
作为一个实施例,所述第一控制资源集合与所述第一RS资源在同一个BWP上。As an embodiment, the first control resource set and the first RS resource are on the same BWP.
作为一个实施例,所述第一控制资源集合与所述第一RS资源组中任一RS资源在同一个BWP上。As an embodiment, the first control resource set is on the same BWP as any RS resource in the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一TCI状态仅包括所述第一RS资源。As an embodiment, the first TCI state only includes the first RS resource.
作为一个实施例,所述第一RS资源是所述第一TCI状态所包括的RS资源中qcl-type被配置为typeD的那一个RS资源。As an embodiment, the first RS resource is the RS resource whose qcl-type is configured as typeD among the RS resources included in the first TCI state.
作为一个实施例,所述第一TCI状态仅包括所述第一RS资源;或者,所述第一TCI状态包括两个RS资源,所述第一RS资源是所述两个RS资源中qcl-type被配置为typeD的那一个RS资源。As an embodiment, the first TCI state only includes the first RS resource; or, the first TCI state includes two RS resources, and the first RS resource is qcl- The RS resource whose type is configured as typeD.
作为一个实施例,所述第一控制资源集合的所述活跃TCI状态是指当前被应用于所述第一控制资源集合的TCI状态。As an embodiment, the active TCI state of the first control resource set refers to a TCI state currently applied to the first control resource set.
作为一个实施例,所述第一RS资源组中的任一RS资源是一个CSI-RS资源或者是一个ssb-Index指 示的SSB。As an embodiment, any RS resource in the first RS resource group is a CSI-RS resource or an SSB indicated by an ssb-Index.
作为一个实施例,所述第一RS资源组中的任一RS资源是一个CSI-RS资源。As an embodiment, any RS resource in the first RS resource group is a CSI-RS resource.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令集合通过uu口传输。As an embodiment, the first signaling set is transmitted through the uu interface.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令集合通过PC5口传输。As an embodiment, the first signaling set is transmitted through the PC5 port.
作为一个实施例,所述步骤根据第一RS资源组评估是否发生无线链路失败包括:根据第一RS资源组中的至少部分RS资源评估是否发生失步,如果发生失步,所述第一节点100的物理层向所述第一节点100的更高层指示out-of-sync。As an embodiment, the step of evaluating whether a wireless link failure occurs according to the first RS resource group includes: evaluating whether out-of-sync occurs according to at least some RS resources in the first RS resource group, and if out-of-sync occurs, the first The physical layer of the node 100 indicates out-of-sync to the higher layer of said first node 100 .
作为一个实施例,所述步骤根据第一RS资源组评估是否发生无线链路失败包括:根据第一RS资源组中的至少部分RS资源评估是否保持同步,如果保持同步,所述第一节点100的物理层向所述第一节点100的更高层指示in-sync。As an embodiment, the step of evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs according to the first RS resource group includes: evaluating whether synchronization is maintained according to at least part of the RS resources in the first RS resource group, and if synchronization is maintained, the first node 100 The physical layer of the first node 100 indicates in-sync to a higher layer.
作为一个实施例,如果所述第一RS资源组中的所述至少部分RS资源中的每个RS资源的无线链路质量都比第一阈值差,评估发生失步;如果所述第一RS资源组中的所述至少部分RS资源中的任意一个RS资源的无线链路质量比第二阈值好,评估保持同步;所述第一阈值和所述第二阈值分别是可配置的。As an embodiment, if the radio link quality of each of the at least some RS resources in the first RS resource group is worse than a first threshold, it is estimated that out-of-synchronization occurs; if the first RS The radio link quality of any one of the at least some RS resources in the resource group is better than a second threshold, and the evaluation is kept in sync; the first threshold and the second threshold are respectively configurable.
作为一个实施例,所述第一阈值和所述第二阈值分别是Q out和Q inAs an embodiment, the first threshold and the second threshold are Q out and Qin respectively.
作为一个实施例,所述第一RS资源组中的所述至少部分RS资源是所述第一RS资源组中的所有RS资源。As an embodiment, the at least part of the RS resources in the first RS resource group are all RS resources in the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点100的所述更高层接收连续的Q1个out-of-sync的指示被用于触发启动第一计时器,所述第一计时器的过期被用于确定发生所述无线链路失败,所述Q1是可配置的。As an embodiment, the higher layer of the first node 100 receives consecutive Q1 out-of-sync indications and is used to trigger and start a first timer, and the expiration of the first timer is used to determine When the wireless link fails, the Q1 is configurable.
作为一个实施例,所述Q1是N310,所述第一计时器是T310。As an embodiment, the Q1 is N310, and the first timer is T310.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点100的所述更高层接收连续的Q2个in-sync的指示被用于触发停止第一计时器,所述第一计时器的过期被用于确定发生所述无线链路失败,所述Q2是可配置的。As an embodiment, the indication that the higher layer of the first node 100 receives consecutive Q2 in-syncs is used to trigger the stop of the first timer, and the expiration of the first timer is used to determine the occurrence of the If the wireless link fails, the Q2 is configurable.
作为一个实施例,所述Q2是N311,所述第一计时器是T310。As an embodiment, the Q2 is N311, and the first timer is T310.
作为一个实施例,所述无线链路质量包括:RSRP(Reference Signal Received Power,参考信号接收功率)测量结果。As an embodiment, the radio link quality includes: RSRP (Reference Signal Received Power, reference signal received power) measurement result.
作为一个实施例,所述无线链路质量包括:RSRQ(Reference Signal Received Quality,参考信号接收质量)测量结果。As an embodiment, the radio link quality includes: RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality, reference signal received quality) measurement result.
作为一个实施例,所述无线链路质量包括:BLER(Block Error Ratio,块误码率)。As an embodiment, the wireless link quality includes: BLER (Block Error Ratio, block error rate).
作为一个实施例,每个上报周期(indicationperiod)执行一次根据第一RS资源组中的至少部分RS资源评估是否发生失步以及是否保持同步。As an embodiment, each reporting period (indication period) is performed to evaluate whether out-of-synchronization occurs and whether synchronization is maintained according to at least a part of RS resources in the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述上报周期不超过10毫秒。As an embodiment, the reporting period does not exceed 10 milliseconds.
作为一个实施例,所述上报周期是所述第一RS资源组最短周期和10毫秒中的最大值。As an embodiment, the reporting period is the maximum value between the shortest period of the first RS resource group and 10 milliseconds.
实施例1AExample 1A
实施例1A示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的评估是否发生RLF,如附图1A所示。附图1A中,每个方框代表一个步骤。Embodiment 1A illustrates the evaluation of whether RLF occurs according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 1A . In Figure 1A, each box represents a step.
在实施例1A中,本申请中的第一节点100a在步骤101a中,接收第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一RS资源组,所述第一RS资源组包括第一RS资源子组和第二RS资源子组;所述第一RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第二RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第二PCI;在步骤102a中根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述不超过L1个RS资源是所述第一RS资源子组的子集,所述不超过L2个RS资源是所述第二RS资源子组的子集;In Embodiment 1A, the first node 100a in this application receives the first signaling in step 101a, the first signaling is used to indicate the first RS resource group, and the first RS resource group includes the first RS resource group A subgroup of RS resources and a second subgroup of RS resources; each RS resource in the first subgroup of RS resources is associated to the first PCI, and each RS resource in the second subgroup of RS resources is associated to the second PCI; in step 102a, evaluate whether a wireless link failure occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources, and the no more than L1 RS resources are subgroups of the first RS resource subgroup set, the no more than L2 RS resources are a subset of the second RS resource subset;
实施例1A中,所述L1依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量二者中的至少前者,所述第一小区被所述第一PCI标识;所述L2依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量二者中的至少后者,所述第二小区被所述第二PCI标识。In embodiment 1A, the L1 depends on at least the former of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell, the first cell is identified by the first PCI; Said L2 depends on at least the latter of a maximum number of SSB indices for a first cell and a maximum number of SSB indices for a second cell, said second cell being identified by said second PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第一RS资源子组和所述第二RS资源子组分别包括至少一个RS资源。As an embodiment, the first RS resource subgroup and the second RS resource subgroup respectively include at least one RS resource.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令是更高层信令。As an embodiment, the first signaling is higher layer signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括一个下行链路(Downlink,DL)信令。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes a downlink (Downlink, DL) signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括一个副链路(Sidelink,SL)信令。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes a side link (Sidelink, SL) signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括至少一个RRC消息。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes at least one RRC message.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括至少一个RRC层的IE(Information element,信息元素)。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes at least one RRC layer IE (Information element, information element).
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令集合是RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)层信令。As an embodiment, the first signaling set is RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) layer signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括RadioLinkMonitoringConfig IE(Information Element,信息单元)。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes RadioLinkMonitoringConfig IE (Information Element, information element).
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一RS资源组中的每个RS资源被一个RadioLinkMonitoringRS IE配置。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, each RS resource in the first RS resource group is configured by one RadioLinkMonitoringRS IE.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点100没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS,所述第一信令包括被用于配置PDCCH接收的至少一个TCI(Transmission Configuration Indicator,发送配置指示)状态。As an embodiment, the first node 100 is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS, and the first signaling includes at least one TCI (Transmission Configuration Indicator, transmission configuration indication) status used to configure PDCCH reception.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,如果用于PDCCH接收的活跃(active)TCI状态仅包括一个RS资源,所述一个RS资源属于所述第一RS资源组。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, if the active (active) TCI state used for PDCCH reception includes only one RS resource, the one RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,如果用于PDCCH接收的活跃(active)TCI状态仅包括两个RS资源,所述两个RS资源中qcl-type被设置为typeD的那个RS资源属于所述第一RS资源组。As a sub-embodiment of the above-mentioned embodiment, if the active (active) TCI state used for PDCCH reception includes only two RS resources, the RS resource whose qcl-type is set to typeD among the two RS resources belongs to the A first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括一个PDSCH-Config IE(Information Element,信息单元),所述用于PDCCH接收的活跃TCI状态中存在一个活跃TCI状态属于所述PDSCH-Config IE中的tci-States-ToAddModList或者tci-States-ToReleaseList中的一个TCI-state。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes a PDSCH-Config IE (Information Element, information element), and there is an active TCI state in the active TCI state used for PDCCH reception that belongs to the PDSCH-Config IE A TCI-state in tci-States-ToAddModList or tci-States-ToReleaseList.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括至少一个tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList,所述至少一个tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList中的每个tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList包括一个所述活跃TCI状态。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes at least one tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList, and each tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList in the at least one tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList includes one active TCI state.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令包括至少一个tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList,所述至少一个tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList中的每个tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList包括一个所述活跃TCI状态。As an embodiment, the first signaling includes at least one tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList, and each tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList in the at least one tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList includes one active TCI state.
作为一个实施例,对于至少一个CORESET(Control Resource Set,控制资源集合),第二信令被用于从相应CORESET的tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList和/或tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList中指示用于PDCCH接收的活跃TCI状态。As an embodiment, for at least one CORESET (Control Resource Set, control resource set), the second signaling is used to indicate from the tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList and/or tci-StatesPDCCH-ToReleaseList of the corresponding CORESET for PDCCH reception Active TCI status.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令是一个是指示UE特定的PDCCH的TCI状态的MAC CE(TCI State Indication for UE-specific PDCCH MAC CE)。As an embodiment, the second signaling is a MAC CE (TCI State Indication for UE-specific PDCCH MAC CE) indicating the TCI state of the UE-specific PDCCH.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令是一个DCI(Downlink Control Information,下行控制信息)。As an embodiment, the second signaling is a DCI (Downlink Control Information, downlink control information).
作为一个实施例,所述第一RS资源组中的每个RS资源是一个CSI-RS(Channel Status Information Reference Signal,信道状态信息参考信号)资源或者是一个ssb-index指示的SSB。As an embodiment, each RS resource in the first RS resource group is a CSI-RS (Channel Status Information Reference Signal, channel state information reference signal) resource or an SSB indicated by an ssb-index.
作为一个实施例,所述第一RS资源组中的每个RS资源被一个TCI状态(TCI-state)所包括。As an embodiment, each RS resource in the first RS resource group is included in a TCI state (TCI-state).
作为一个实施例,仅当所述第一节点被配置了用于接收PDCCH的TCI状态中存在至少一个TCI状态包括CSI-RS资源时,所述行为根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败才被执行。As an embodiment, only when at least one TCI state includes CSI-RS resources among the TCI states configured to receive PDCCH at the first node, the behavior is based on no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources. RS resource evaluation is performed only if a radio link failure occurs.
作为一个实施例,所述行为根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败在活跃下行BWP(BandWidth Part,带宽部分)上被执行。As an embodiment, the behavior is performed on an active downlink BWP (BandWidth Part, bandwidth part) according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs.
作为一个实施例,所述第一RS资源组中的每个RS资源被配置给活跃下行BWP(BandWidth Part,带宽部分)。As an embodiment, each RS resource in the first RS resource group is configured for an active downlink BWP (BandWidth Part, bandwidth part).
作为一个实施例,所述第一RS资源组中的每个RS资源被配置给同一个载波分量(Component Carrier)。As an embodiment, each RS resource in the first RS resource group is configured to the same component carrier (Component Carrier).
作为一个实施例,所述第一RS资源组中的任一RS资源是一个CSI-RS资源或者是一个ssb-Index指示的SSB。As an embodiment, any RS resource in the first RS resource group is a CSI-RS resource or an SSB indicated by an ssb-Index.
作为一个实施例,所述第一RS资源组中的任一RS资源是一个CSI-RS资源。As an embodiment, any RS resource in the first RS resource group is a CSI-RS resource.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令集合通过uu口传输。As an embodiment, the first signaling set is transmitted through the uu interface.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令集合通过PC5口传输。As an embodiment, the first signaling set is transmitted through the PC5 port.
作为一个实施例,所述L1和所述L2都不大于8。As an example, neither the L1 nor the L2 is greater than 8.
作为一个实施例,所述L1加上所述L2的和不大于12。As an embodiment, the sum of the L1 plus the L2 is not greater than 12.
作为一个实施例,所述第一RS资源子组中的RS资源的数量大于所述L1。As an embodiment, the number of RS resources in the first RS resource subgroup is greater than the L1.
作为一个实施例,所述第二RS资源子组中的RS资源的数量大于所述L2。As an embodiment, the number of RS resources in the second RS resource subgroup is greater than the L2.
作为一个实施例,所述第一小区的SSB索引的所述最大数量与所述第一小区的SSB的子载波间隔有关,所述第二小区的SSB索引的所述最大数量与所述第二小区的SSB的子载波间隔有关。As an embodiment, the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell is related to the subcarrier spacing of the SSB of the first cell, and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell is related to the second It is related to the subcarrier spacing of the SSB of the cell.
作为一个实施例,所述第一小区的SSB索引的所述最大数量是4,8或者64三者中之一,所述第二小区的SSB索引的所述最大数量是4,8或者64三者中之一。As an embodiment, the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell is one of 4, 8 or 64, and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell is 4, 8 or 64 one of them.
作为一个实施例,所述第一小区的SSB索引的所述最大数量是所述第一小区的Lmax,所述第二小区的SSB索引的所述最大数量是所述第二小区的Lmax。As an embodiment, the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell is Lmax of the first cell, and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell is Lmax of the second cell.
作为一个实施例,所述L1仅依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量,所述L2仅依赖于第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量。As an embodiment, the L1 only depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell, and the L2 only depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述L1和所述L2分别通过查表被确定。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, the L1 and the L2 are respectively determined by looking up a table.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一小区的SSB索引的所述最大数量是4,8或64,相应的所述L1分别是2,4或8;所述第二小区的SSB索引的所述最大数量是4,8或64,相应的所述L2分别是2,4或8。As a sub-embodiment of the above-mentioned embodiment, the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell is 4, 8 or 64, and the corresponding L1 is 2, 4 or 8 respectively; the SSB of the second cell Said maximum number of indexes is 4, 8 or 64, correspondingly said L2 is 2, 4 or 8 respectively.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,基于所述第一RS资源组中仅包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源的假设下,所述L1是用于评估是否发生无线链路失败的RS资源的最大数量;基于所述第一RS资源组中仅包括被关联到所述第二PCI的RS资源的假设下,所述L2是用于评估是否发生无线链路失败的RS资源的最大数量。As a sub-embodiment of the above-mentioned embodiment, based on the assumption that the first RS resource group only includes RS resources associated with the first PCI, the L1 is used to evaluate whether a wireless link failure occurs The maximum number of RS resources; based on the assumption that the first RS resource group only includes RS resources associated with the second PCI, the L2 is the maximum number of RS resources used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs quantity.
作为一个实施例,所述L1依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量。As an embodiment, the L1 depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
作为一个实施例,所述L2依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量。As an embodiment, the L2 depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
作为一个实施例,所述L1和所述L2为:As an example, the L1 and the L2 are:
表格1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2022110571-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022110571-appb-000001
表格1中,I1,I2,I3,...,I9和J1,J2,J3,...,J9都是固定的常数。In Table 1, I1, I2, I3, . . . , I9 and J1, J2, J3, . . . , J9 are all fixed constants.
作为一个实施例,I1,I2,I3,...,I9和J1,J2,J3,...,J9中的最大值是8,I1,I2,I3,...,I9和J1,J2,J3,...,J9中的最小值是2。As an example, the maximum value of I1, I2, I3, ..., I9 and J1, J2, J3, ..., J9 is 8, I1, I2, I3, ..., I9 and J1, J2 , J3, . . . , the minimum value of J9 is 2.
作为表1的一个实施例,所述L1和所述L2为:As an example of Table 1, the L1 and the L2 are:
表格2 Form 2
Figure PCTCN2022110571-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022110571-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022110571-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022110571-appb-000003
作为一个实施例,用于评估是否发生无线链路失败的RS资源的数量不超过L3;所述L3不大于所述L1加上所述L2的和。As an embodiment, the number of RS resources used for evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the L3 is not greater than the sum of the L1 plus the L2.
作为一个实施例,所述不超过L1个RS资源和所述不超过L2个RS资源中总共包括的RS资源的数量不超过L3;所述L3不大于所述L1加上所述L2的和。As an embodiment, the total number of RS resources included in the no more than L1 RS resources and the no more than L2 RS resources does not exceed L3; the L3 is no greater than the sum of the L1 plus the L2.
作为一个实施例,所述L3小于所述L1加上所述L2的和。As an embodiment, the L3 is smaller than the sum of the L1 plus the L2.
作为一个实施例,所述L3是所述L1和所述L2二者中的较大值。As an embodiment, the L3 is the larger value of the L1 and the L2.
作为一个实施例,所述L3是所述L1加上所述L2的和。As an example, the L3 is the sum of the L1 plus the L2.
作为一个实施例,所述L3依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量。As an embodiment, the L3 depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
作为一个实施例,所述L3为:As an example, the L3 is:
表格3 Form 3
Figure PCTCN2022110571-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2022110571-appb-000004
作为一个实施例,所述K1为4,所述K6为8。As an example, the K1 is 4, and the K6 is 8.
作为表3的一个实施例,所述L3为:As an example of Table 3, the L3 is:
表格3 Form 3
Figure PCTCN2022110571-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2022110571-appb-000005
作为表3的一个实施例,所述L3为:As an example of Table 3, the L3 is:
表格3 Form 3
Figure PCTCN2022110571-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2022110571-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2022110571-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2022110571-appb-000007
作为一个实施例,当所述L3减去L4所得的差值小于所述L1时,所述不超过L1个RS资源所包括的RS资源的数量不超过所述L3减去L4所得的差值;所述L4是所述不超过L2个RS资源所包括的RS资源的数量;所述L4不超过所述L2。As an embodiment, when the difference obtained by subtracting L4 from L3 is smaller than the L1, the number of RS resources included in the no more than L1 RS resources does not exceed the difference obtained by subtracting L4 from L3; The L4 is the number of RS resources included in the RS resources not exceeding L2; the L4 does not exceed the L2.
上述实施例能优先满足对所述第二小区的RLF测量的需求。The foregoing embodiment can preferentially satisfy the requirement for RLF measurement of the second cell.
作为上述实施例的一个实施例,所述第一小区和所述第二小区中仅后者是所述第一节点的Spcell。As an embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, only the latter of the first cell and the second cell is the Spcell of the first node.
作为上述实施例的一个实施例,所述第一小区的SSB索引的所述最大数量小于所述第二小区的SSB索引的所述最大数量。As an example of the foregoing embodiments, the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell is smaller than the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
作为上述实施例的一个实施例,所述第一小区和所述第二小区中仅后者能被所述第一节点100接收到的DCI(Downlink Control Information,下行控制信息)中的CI(Carrier Indicator,载波指示)域(field)所指示。As an embodiment of the above-mentioned embodiment, only the latter of the first cell and the second cell can be received by the first node 100. CI (Carrier) in DCI (Downlink Control Information, downlink control information) Indicator, carrier indicator) field (field) indicated.
作为上述实施例的一个实施例,所述第一小区和所述第二小区中仅后者被配置为所述第一节点100的一个服务小区。As an embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, only the latter of the first cell and the second cell is configured as a serving cell of the first node 100 .
作为一个实施例,所述步骤根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败包括:根据所述不超过L1个RS资源和所述不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生失步,如果发生失步,所述第一节点100的物理层向所述第一节点100的更高层指示out-of-sync。As an embodiment, the step of evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources includes: evaluating according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources Whether out-of-sync occurs, and if out-of-sync occurs, the physical layer of the first node 100 indicates out-of-sync to a higher layer of the first node 100 .
作为一个实施例,所述步骤根据所述不超过L1个RS资源和所述不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败包括:根据所述不超过L1个RS资源和所述不超过L2个RS资源评估是否保持同步,如果保持同步,所述第一节点100的物理层向所述第一节点100的更高层指示in-sync。As an embodiment, the step of evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs according to the RS resources not exceeding L1 and the RS resources not exceeding L2 includes: according to the RS resources not exceeding L1 and the RS resources not exceeding L2 The RS resources evaluate whether synchronization is maintained, and if synchronization is maintained, the physical layer of the first node 100 indicates in-sync to a higher layer of the first node 100 .
作为一个实施例,如果所述不超过L1个RS资源和所述不超过L2个RS资源中的每个RS资源的无线链路质量都比第一阈值差,评估发生失步;如果所述不超过L1个RS资源和所述不超过L2个RS资源中的存在一个RS资源的无线链路质量比第二阈值好,评估保持同步;所述第一阈值和所述第二阈值分别是可配置的。As an example, if the wireless link quality of each of the RS resources not exceeding L1 and the RS resources not exceeding L2 is worse than the first threshold, it is estimated that out-of-synchronization occurs; if the not exceeding More than L1 RS resources and the radio link quality of one RS resource not exceeding L2 RS resources is better than the second threshold, and the evaluation is kept in sync; the first threshold and the second threshold are respectively configurable of.
作为一个实施例,所述第一阈值和所述第二阈值分别是Q out和Q inAs an embodiment, the first threshold and the second threshold are Q out and Qin respectively.
作为一个实施例,所述不超过L1个RS资源和所述不超过L2个RS资源包括了所述第一RS资源组中的所有RS资源。As an embodiment, the no more than L1 RS resources and the no more than L2 RS resources include all RS resources in the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述不超过L1个RS资源和所述不超过L2个RS资源是所述第一RS资源组的真子集。As an embodiment, the no more than L1 RS resources and the no more than L2 RS resources are proper subsets of the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点100的所述更高层接收连续的Q1个out-of-sync的指示被用于触发启动第一计时器,所述第一计时器的过期被用于确定发生所述无线链路失败,所述Q1是可配置的。As an embodiment, the higher layer of the first node 100 receives consecutive Q1 out-of-sync indications and is used to trigger and start a first timer, and the expiration of the first timer is used to determine When the wireless link fails, the Q1 is configurable.
作为一个实施例,所述Q1是N310,所述第一计时器是T310。As an embodiment, the Q1 is N310, and the first timer is T310.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点100的所述更高层接收连续的Q2个in-sync的指示被用于触发停止第一计时器,所述第一计时器的过期被用于确定发生所述无线链路失败,所述Q2是可配置的。As an embodiment, the indication that the higher layer of the first node 100 receives consecutive Q2 in-syncs is used to trigger the stop of the first timer, and the expiration of the first timer is used to determine the occurrence of the If the wireless link fails, the Q2 is configurable.
作为一个实施例,所述Q2是N311,所述第一计时器是T310。As an embodiment, the Q2 is N311, and the first timer is T310.
作为一个实施例,所述无线链路质量包括:RSRP(Reference Signal Received Power,参考信号接收功率)测量结果。As an embodiment, the radio link quality includes: RSRP (Reference Signal Received Power, reference signal received power) measurement result.
作为一个实施例,所述无线链路质量包括:RSRQ(Reference Signal Received Quality,参考信号接收质量)测量结果。As an embodiment, the radio link quality includes: RSRQ (Reference Signal Received Quality, reference signal received quality) measurement result.
作为一个实施例,所述无线链路质量包括:BLER(Block Error Ratio,块误码率)。As an embodiment, the wireless link quality includes: BLER (Block Error Ratio, block error rate).
作为一个实施例,每个上报周期(indicationperiod)执行一次根据所述不超过L1个RS资源和所述不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生失步以及是否保持同步。As an embodiment, each reporting period (indication period) is performed to evaluate whether out-of-synchronization occurs and whether synchronization is maintained according to the no more than L1 RS resources and the no more than L2 RS resources.
作为一个实施例,不同的上报周期,所述不超过L1个RS资源和所述不超过L2个RS资源是可变的As an embodiment, for different reporting periods, the RS resources not exceeding L1 and the RS resources not exceeding L2 are variable
作为一个实施例,所述上报周期不超过10毫秒。As an embodiment, the reporting period does not exceed 10 milliseconds.
作为一个实施例,所述上报周期是所述第一RS资源组最短周期和10毫秒中的最大值。As an embodiment, the reporting period is the maximum value between the shortest period of the first RS resource group and 10 milliseconds.
实施例2Example 2
实施例2示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的网络架构的示意图,如附图2所示。附图2说明了5G NR(NewRadio,新空口)/LTE(Long-Term Evolution,长期演进)/LTE-A(Long-Term Evolution Advanced,增强长期演进)系统的网络架构200。5G NR/LTE/LTE-A网络架构200可称为5GS(5GSystem)/EPS(Evolved Packet System,演进分组系统)200某种其它合适术语。5GS/EPS 200包括UE(User Equipment,用户设备)201,RAN(无线接入网络)202,5GC(5G Core Network,5G核心网)/EPC(Evolved Packet Core,演进分组核心)210,HSS(Home Subscriber Server,归属签约用户服务器)/UDM(Unified Data Management,统一数据管理)220和因特网服务230中的至少之一。5GS/EPS可与其它接入网络互连,但为了简单未展示这些实体/接口。如图所示,5GS/EPS提供包交换服务,然而所属领域的技术人员将容易了解,贯穿本申请呈现的各种概念可扩展到提供电路交换服务的网络或其它蜂窝网络。RAN包括节点203和其它节点204。节点203提供朝向UE201的用户和控制平面协议终止。节点203可经由Xn接口(例如,回程)/X2接口连接到其它节点204。节点203也可称为基站、基站收发台、无线电基站、无线电收发器、收发器功能、基本服务集合(BSS)、扩展服务集合(ESS)、TRP(发送接收节点)或某种其它合适术语。节点203为UE201提供对5GC/EPC210的接入点。UE201的实例包括蜂窝式电话、智能电话、会话起始协议(SIP)电话、膝上型计算机、个人数字助理(PDA)、卫星无线电、非地面基站通信、卫星移动通信、全球定位系统、多媒体装置、视频装置、数字音频播放器(例如,MP3播放器)、相机、游戏控制台、无人机、飞行器、窄带物联网设备、机器类型通信设备、陆地交通工具、汽车、可穿戴设备,或任何其它类似功能装置。所属领域的技术人员也可将UE201称为移动台、订户台、移动单元、订户单元、无线单元、远程单元、移动装置、无线装置、无线通信装置、远程装置、移动订户台、接入终端、移动终端、无线终端、远程终端、手持机、用户代理、移动客户端、客户端或某个其它合适术语。节点203通过S1/NG接口连接到5GC/EPC210。5GC/EPC210包括MME(Mobility Management Entity,移动性管理实体)/AMF(Authentication Management Field,鉴权管理域)/SMF(Session Management Function,会话管理功能)211、其它MME/AMF/SMF214、S-GW(Service Gateway,服务网关)/UPF(UserPlaneFunction,用户面功能)212以及P-GW(Packet Date Network Gateway,分组数据网络网关)/UPF213。MME/AMF/SMF211是处理UE201与5GC/EPC210之间的信令的控制节点。大体上,MME/AMF/SMF211提供承载和连接管理。所有用户IP(Internet Protocal,因特网协议)包是通过S-GW/UPF212传送,S-GW/UPF212自身连接到P-GW/UPF213。P-GW提供UE IP地址分配以及其它功能。P-GW/UPF213连接到因特网服务230。因特网服务230包括运营商对应因特网协议服务,具体可包括因特网、内联网、IMS(IP Multimedia Subsystem,IP多媒体子系统)和包交换串流服务。 Embodiment 2 illustrates a schematic diagram of a network architecture according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 2 . Accompanying drawing 2 illustrates the network architecture 200 of 5G NR (NewRadio, new air interface)/LTE (Long-Term Evolution, long-term evolution)/LTE-A (Long-Term Evolution Advanced, enhanced long-term evolution) system. 5G NR/LTE/ The LTE-A network architecture 200 may be called 5GS (5GSystem)/EPS (Evolved Packet System, Evolved Packet System) 200 or some other suitable term. 5GS/EPS 200 includes UE (User Equipment, User Equipment) 201, RAN (Radio Access Network) 202, 5GC (5G Core Network, 5G Core Network)/EPC (Evolved Packet Core, Evolved Packet Core) 210, HSS (Home At least one of Subscriber Server, home subscriber server)/UDM (Unified Data Management, unified data management) 220 and Internet service 230. 5GS/EPS may interconnect with other access networks, but these entities/interfaces are not shown for simplicity. As shown, 5GS/EPS provides packet-switched services, however those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that various concepts presented throughout this application may be extended to networks providing circuit-switched services or other cellular networks. The RAN includes node 203 and other nodes 204 . Node 203 provides user and control plane protocol termination towards UE 201 . Nodes 203 may connect to other nodes 204 via the Xn interface (eg, backhaul)/X2 interface. Node 203 may also be called a base station, base transceiver station, radio base station, radio transceiver, transceiver function, Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), TRP (Transmitting Receive Node), or some other suitable terminology. The node 203 provides an access point to the 5GC/EPC 210 for the UE 201 . Examples of UE 201 include cellular phones, smart phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, laptop computers, personal digital assistants (PDAs), satellite radios, non-terrestrial base station communications, satellite mobile communications, global positioning systems, multimedia devices , video devices, digital audio players (e.g., MP3 players), cameras, game consoles, drones, aircraft, NB-IoT devices, machine type communication devices, land vehicles, automobiles, wearable devices, or any Other devices with similar functions. Those skilled in the art may also refer to UE 201 as a mobile station, subscriber station, mobile unit, subscriber unit, wireless unit, remote unit, mobile device, wireless device, wireless communication device, remote device, mobile subscriber station, access terminal, Mobile terminal, wireless terminal, remote terminal, handset, user agent, mobile client, client or some other suitable term. Node 203 is connected to 5GC/EPC210 through the S1/NG interface. 5GC/EPC210 includes MME (Mobility Management Entity, mobility management entity)/AMF (Authentication Management Field, authentication management domain)/SMF (Session Management Function, session management function ) 211, other MME/AMF/SMF 214, S-GW (Service Gateway, service gateway)/UPF (UserPlane Function, user plane function) 212 and P-GW (Packet Date Network Gateway, packet data network gateway)/UPF 213. MME/AMF/SMF211 is a control node that handles signaling between UE201 and 5GC/EPC210. In general, the MME/AMF/SMF 211 provides bearer and connection management. All user IP (Internet Protocol, Internet Protocol) packets are transmitted through S-GW/UPF212, and S-GW/UPF212 itself is connected to P-GW/UPF213. P-GW provides UE IP address allocation and other functions. P-GW/UPF 213 connects to Internet service 230 . The Internet service 230 includes the Internet protocol service corresponding to the operator, and specifically may include the Internet, the intranet, IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem, IP Multimedia Subsystem) and packet-switched streaming services.
作为一个实施例,所述UE201对应本申请中的所述第一节点,所述节点203对应本申请中的所述第二节点。As an embodiment, the UE 201 corresponds to the first node in this application, and the node 203 corresponds to the second node in this application.
作为一个实施例,所述UE201是一个用户设备(UserEquipment,UE)。As an embodiment, the UE 201 is a user equipment (User Equipment, UE).
作为一个实施例,所述UE201是一个终端(ender)。As an embodiment, the UE 201 is a terminal (ender).
作为一个实施例,所述节点203对应本申请中的所述第二节点。As an embodiment, the node 203 corresponds to the second node in this application.
作为一个实施例,所述节点203是一个基站设备(BaseStation,BS)。As an embodiment, the node 203 is a base station device (BaseStation, BS).
作为一个实施例,所述节点203是一个基站收发台(Base Transceiver Station,BTS)。As an embodiment, the node 203 is a base transceiver station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS).
作为一个实施例,所述节点203是一个节点B(NodeB,NB)。As an embodiment, the node 203 is a Node B (NodeB, NB).
作为一个实施例,所述节点203是一个gNB,或者eNB,或者ng-eNB,或者en-gNB。As an embodiment, the node 203 is a gNB, or eNB, or ng-eNB, or en-gNB.
作为一个实施例,所述节点203是一个中继。As an embodiment, the node 203 is a relay.
作为一个实施例,所述节点203是网关(Gateway)。As an embodiment, the node 203 is a gateway (Gateway).
作为一个实施例,所述节点203包括至少一个TRP。As an embodiment, the node 203 includes at least one TRP.
作为一个实施例,所述节点204是一个基站设备(BaseStation,BS)。As an embodiment, the node 204 is a base station device (BaseStation, BS).
作为一个实施例,所述节点204是一个BTS,或者gNB,或者eNB,或者ng-eNB,或者en-gNB。As an embodiment, the node 204 is a BTS, or gNB, or eNB, or ng-eNB, or en-gNB.
作为一个实施例,所述节点204是一个中继。As an embodiment, the node 204 is a relay.
作为一个实施例,所述节点204是网关(Gateway)。As an embodiment, the node 204 is a gateway (Gateway).
作为一个实施例,所述节点204包括至少一个TRP。As an embodiment, the node 204 includes at least one TRP.
作为一个实施例,所述用户设备支持地面网络(Non-Terrestrial Network,NTN)的传输。As an embodiment, the user equipment supports terrestrial network (Non-Terrestrial Network, NTN) transmission.
作为一个实施例,所述用户设备支持非地面网络(Terrestrial Network,地面网络)的传输。As an embodiment, the user equipment supports non-terrestrial network (Terrestrial Network, terrestrial network) transmission.
作为一个实施例,所述用户设备支持大时延差网络中的传输。As an embodiment, the user equipment supports transmission in a network with a large delay difference.
作为一个实施例,所述用户设备支持双连接(DualConnection,DC)传输。As an embodiment, the user equipment supports dual connection (DualConnection, DC) transmission.
作为一个实施例,所述用户设备包括飞行器。As an embodiment, the user equipment includes an aircraft.
作为一个实施例,所述用户设备包括车载终端。As an embodiment, the user equipment includes a vehicle-mounted terminal.
作为一个实施例,所述用户设备包括船只。As an embodiment, the user equipment includes a ship.
作为一个实施例,所述用户设备包括物联网终端。As an embodiment, the user equipment includes an Internet of Things terminal.
作为一个实施例,所述用户设备包括工业物联网的终端。As an embodiment, the user equipment includes a terminal of the Industrial Internet of Things.
作为一个实施例,所述用户设备包括支持低时延高可靠传输的设备。As an embodiment, the user equipment includes equipment supporting low-latency and highly reliable transmission.
作为一个实施例,所述用户设备包括测试设备。As an embodiment, the user equipment includes testing equipment.
作为一个实施例,所述用户设备包括信令测试仪。As an embodiment, the user equipment includes a signaling tester.
作为一个实施例,所述用户设备支持NR,或者UTRA,或者EUTRA。As an embodiment, the user equipment supports NR, or UTRA, or EUTRA.
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备支持在非地面网络的传输。As an embodiment, the base station device supports transmission on a non-terrestrial network.
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备支持在大时延差网络中的传输。As an embodiment, the base station device supports transmission in a network with a large delay difference.
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备支持地面网络的传输。As an embodiment, the base station device supports the transmission of the terrestrial network.
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备包括宏蜂窝(MarcoCellular)基站。As an embodiment, the base station equipment includes a macro cellular (MarcoCellular) base station.
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备包括微小区(Micro Cell)基站。As an embodiment, the base station equipment includes a micro cell (Micro Cell) base station.
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备包括微微小区(PicoCell)基站。As an embodiment, the base station device includes a pico cell (PicoCell) base station.
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备包括家庭基站(Femtocell)。As an embodiment, the base station device includes a home base station (Femtocell).
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备包括支持大时延差的基站设备。As an embodiment, the base station equipment includes base station equipment supporting a large delay difference.
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备包括飞行平台设备。As an embodiment, the base station equipment includes flying platform equipment.
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备包括卫星设备。As an embodiment, the base station equipment includes satellite equipment.
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备包括TRP(Transmitter Receiver Point,发送接收节点)。As an embodiment, the base station device includes a TRP (Transmitter Receiver Point, sending and receiving node).
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备包括CU(CentralizedUnit,集中单元)。As an embodiment, the base station device includes a CU (Centralized Unit, centralized unit).
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备包括DU(DistributedUnit,分布单元)。As an embodiment, the base station device includes a DU (Distributed Unit, distribution unit).
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备包括测试设备。As an embodiment, the base station equipment includes testing equipment.
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备包括信令测试仪。As an embodiment, the base station equipment includes a signaling tester.
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备包括IAB(Integrated Access and Backhaul)-node,或者IAB-donor或者IAB-donor-CU,或者IAB-donor-DU。As an embodiment, the base station device includes an IAB (Integrated Access and Backhaul)-node, or an IAB-donor, or an IAB-donor-CU, or an IAB-donor-DU.
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备包括IAB-DU。As an embodiment, the base station device includes an IAB-DU.
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备包括IAB-MT。As an embodiment, the base station equipment includes an IAB-MT.
作为一个实施例,所述UE201与所述节点203之间的连接和所述UE201与所述节点204之间的连接中的至少之一存在。As an embodiment, at least one of the connection between the UE 201 and the node 203 and the connection between the UE 201 and the node 204 exists.
作为该实施例的一个子实施例,所述UE201与所述节点203之间的连接存在,所述UE201与所述节点204之间的连接不存在。As a sub-embodiment of this embodiment, the connection between the UE 201 and the node 203 exists, and the connection between the UE 201 and the node 204 does not exist.
作为该实施例的一个子实施例,所述UE201与所述节点203之间的连接不存在,所述UE201与所述节点204之间的连接存在。As a sub-embodiment of this embodiment, the connection between the UE 201 and the node 203 does not exist, and the connection between the UE 201 and the node 204 exists.
作为该实施例的一个子实施例,所述UE201与所述节点203之间的连接存在,所述UE201与所述节点204之间的连接存在。As a sub-embodiment of this embodiment, the connection between the UE 201 and the node 203 exists, and the connection between the UE 201 and the node 204 exists.
实施例3Example 3
实施例3示出了根据本申请的一个用户平面和控制平面的无线协议架构的实施例的示意图,如附图3所示。图3是说明用于用户平面350和控制平面300的无线电协议架构的实施例的示意图,图3用三个层展示用于控制平面300的无线电协议架构:层1、层2和层3。层1(L1层)是最低层且实施各种PHY(物理层)信号处理功能。L1层在本文将称为PHY301。层2(L2层)305在PHY301之上,包括MAC(Medium Access Control,媒体接入控制)子层302、RLC(Radio Link Control,无线链路层控制协议)子层303和PDCP(Packet  Data Convergence Protocol,分组数据汇聚协议)子层304。PDCP子层304提供不同无线电承载与逻辑信道之间的多路复用。PDCP子层304还提供通过加密数据包而提供安全性,以及提供越区移动支持。RLC子层303提供上部层数据包的分段和重组装,丢失数据包的重新发射以及数据包的重排序以补偿由于HARQ造成的无序接收。MAC子层302提供逻辑与传输信道之间的多路复用。MAC子层302还负责分配一个小区中的各种无线电资源(例如,资源块)。MAC子层302还负责HARQ操作。控制平面300中的层3(L3层)中的RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线电资源控制)子层306负责获得无线电资源(即,无线电承载)且使用RRC信令来配置下部层。用户平面350的无线电协议架构包括层1(L1层)和层2(L2层),在用户平面350中无线电协议架构对于物理层351,L2层355中的PDCP子层354,L2层355中的RLC子层353和L2层355中的MAC子层352来说和控制平面300中的对应层和子层大体上相同,但PDCP子层354还提供用于上部层数据包的标头压缩以减少无线电发射开销。用户平面350中的L2层355中还包括SDAP(Service Data Adaptation Protocol,服务数据适配协议)子层356,SDAP子层356负责QoS流和数据无线承载(DRB,Data Radio Bearer)之间的映射,以支持业务的多样性。通常而言,L1之上的一个层被称为更高层。 Embodiment 3 shows a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a radio protocol architecture of a user plane and a control plane according to the present application, as shown in FIG. 3 . FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating an embodiment of a radio protocol architecture for the user plane 350 and the control plane 300 . FIG. 3 shows the radio protocol architecture for the control plane 300 in three layers: Layer 1 , Layer 2 and Layer 3 . Layer 1 (L1 layer) is the lowest layer and implements various PHY (Physical Layer) signal processing functions. The L1 layer will be referred to herein as PHY 301 . Layer 2 (L2 layer) 305 is above PHY301, including MAC (Medium Access Control, Media Access Control) sublayer 302, RLC (Radio Link Control, radio link layer control protocol) sublayer 303 and PDCP (Packet Data Convergence Protocol, packet data convergence protocol) sublayer 304 . The PDCP sublayer 304 provides multiplexing between different radio bearers and logical channels. The PDCP sublayer 304 also provides security by encrypting data packets, and provides handoff support. The RLC sublayer 303 provides segmentation and reassembly of upper layer packets, retransmission of lost packets, and reordering of packets to compensate for out-of-order reception due to HARQ. The MAC sublayer 302 provides multiplexing between logical and transport channels. The MAC sublayer 302 is also responsible for allocating various radio resources (eg, resource blocks) in a cell. The MAC sublayer 302 is also responsible for HARQ operations. The RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) sublayer 306 in layer 3 (L3 layer) in the control plane 300 is responsible for obtaining radio resources (ie, radio bearers) and configuring lower layers using RRC signaling. The radio protocol architecture of the user plane 350 includes layer 1 (L1 layer) and layer 2 (L2 layer). The MAC sublayer 352 in the RLC sublayer 353 and L2 layer 355 is substantially the same as the corresponding layers and sublayers in the control plane 300, but the PDCP sublayer 354 also provides header compression for upper layer packets to reduce radio frequency launch overhead. The L2 layer 355 in the user plane 350 also includes a SDAP (Service Data Adaptation Protocol, Service Data Adaptation Protocol) sublayer 356, and the SDAP sublayer 356 is responsible for the mapping between the QoS flow and the data radio bearer (DRB, Data Radio Bearer) , to support business diversity. Generally speaking, a layer above L1 is called a higher layer.
作为一个实施例,附图3中的无线协议架构适用于本申请中的所述第一节点。As an embodiment, the wireless protocol architecture in Fig. 3 is applicable to the first node in this application.
作为一个实施例,附图3中的无线协议架构适用于本申请中的所述第二节点。As an embodiment, the wireless protocol architecture in Fig. 3 is applicable to the second node in this application.
作为一个实施例,本申请中的所述第一信令生成于所述RRC306。As an embodiment, the first signaling in this application is generated by the RRC306.
作为一个实施例,本申请中的所述第二信令生成于所述MAC302。As an embodiment, the second signaling in this application is generated by the MAC302.
作为一个实施例,本申请中的所述第二信令生成于所述MAC352。As an embodiment, the second signaling in this application is generated by the MAC352.
作为一个实施例,本申请中的所述第二信令生成于所述PHY301或者PHY351。As an embodiment, the second signaling in this application is generated by the PHY301 or the PHY351.
作为一个实施例,本申请中的所述第三信令生成于所述RRC306。As an embodiment, the third signaling in this application is generated by the RRC306.
作为一个实施例,本申请中的所述第三信令生成于所述MAC302或者MAC352。As an embodiment, the third signaling in this application is generated by the MAC302 or the MAC352.
实施例4Example 4
实施例4示出了根据本申请的第一通信设备和第二通信设备的示意图,如附图4所示。图4是在接入网络中相互通信的第一通信设备450以及第二通信设备410的框图。Embodiment 4 shows a schematic diagram of a first communication device and a second communication device according to the present application, as shown in FIG. 4 . Fig. 4 is a block diagram of a first communication device 450 and a second communication device 410 communicating with each other in an access network.
第一通信设备450包括控制器/处理器459,存储器460,数据源467,发射处理器468,接收处理器456,多天线发射处理器457,多天线接收处理器458,发射器/接收器454和天线452。The first communication device 450 includes a controller/processor 459, a memory 460, a data source 467, a transmit processor 468, a receive processor 456, a multi-antenna transmit processor 457, a multi-antenna receive processor 458, a transmitter/receiver 454 and antenna 452 .
第二通信设备410包括控制器/处理器475,存储器476,接收处理器470,发射处理器416,多天线接收处理器472,多天线发射处理器471,发射器/接收器418和天线420。 Second communications device 410 includes controller/processor 475 , memory 476 , receive processor 470 , transmit processor 416 , multi-antenna receive processor 472 , multi-antenna transmit processor 471 , transmitter/receiver 418 and antenna 420 .
在从所述第二通信设备410到所述第一通信设备450的传输中,在所述第二通信设备410处,来自核心网络的上层数据包被提供到控制器/处理器475。控制器/处理器475实施L2层的功能性。在从所述第二通信设备410到所述第一通信设备450的传输中,控制器/处理器475提供标头压缩、加密、包分段和重排序、逻辑与输送信道之间的多路复用,以及基于各种优先级量度对所述第一通信设备450的无线电资源分配。控制器/处理器475还负责丢失包的重新发射,和到所述第一通信设备450的信令。发射处理器416和多天线发射处理器471实施用于L1层(即,物理层)的各种信号处理功能。发射处理器416实施编码和交错以促进所述第二通信设备410处的前向错误校正(FEC),以及基于各种调制方案(例如,二元相移键控(BPSK)、正交相移键控(QPSK)、M相移键控(M-PSK)、M正交振幅调制(M-QAM))的信号群集的映射。多天线发射处理器471对经编码和调制后的符号进行数字空间预编码,包括基于码本的预编码和基于非码本的预编码,和波束赋型处理,生成一个或多个空间流。发射处理器416随后将每一空间流映射到子载波,在时域和/或频域中与参考信号(例如,导频)多路复用,且随后使用快速傅立叶逆变换(IFFT)以产生载运时域多载波符号流的物理信道。随后多天线发射处理器471对时域多载波符号流进行发送模拟预编码/波束赋型操作。每一发射器418把多天线发射处理器471提供的基带多载波符号流转化成射频流,随后提供到不同天线420。In transmission from said second communication device 410 to said first communication device 450 , at said second communication device 410 upper layer data packets from the core network are provided to a controller/processor 475 . Controller/processor 475 implements the functionality of the L2 layer. In transmission from the second communications device 410 to the first communications device 450, the controller/processor 475 provides header compression, encryption, packet segmentation and reordering, and multiplexing between logical and transport channels. Multiplexing, and allocation of radio resources to said first communication device 450 based on various priority metrics. The controller/processor 475 is also responsible for retransmission of lost packets, and signaling to the first communication device 450 . The transmit processor 416 and the multi-antenna transmit processor 471 implement various signal processing functions for the L1 layer (ie, physical layer). The transmit processor 416 implements encoding and interleaving to facilitate forward error correction (FEC) at the second communication device 410, and based on various modulation schemes (e.g., binary phase shift keying (BPSK), quadrature phase shift Mapping of signal clusters for keying (QPSK), M phase shift keying (M-PSK), M quadrature amplitude modulation (M-QAM)). The multi-antenna transmit processor 471 performs digital spatial precoding on the coded and modulated symbols, including codebook-based precoding and non-codebook-based precoding, and beamforming processing to generate one or more spatial streams. The transmit processor 416 then maps each spatial stream to subcarriers, multiplexes with a reference signal (e.g., pilot) in the time and/or frequency domain, and then uses an inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) to generate A physical channel that carries a time-domain multi-carrier symbol stream. Then the multi-antenna transmit processor 471 performs a transmit analog precoding/beamforming operation on the time-domain multi-carrier symbol stream. Each transmitter 418 converts the baseband multi-carrier symbol stream provided by the multi-antenna transmit processor 471 into an RF stream, which is then provided to a different antenna 420 .
在从所述第二通信设备410到所述第一通信设备450的传输中,在所述第一通信设备450处,每一接收器454通过其相应天线452接收信号。每一接收器454恢复调制到射频载波上的信息,且将射频流转化成基带多载波符号流提供到接收处理器456。接收处理器456和多天线接收处理器458实施L1层的各种信号处理功能。多天线接收处理器458对来自接收器454的基带多载波符号流进行接收模拟预编码/波束赋型操作。接收处理器456使用快速傅立叶变换(FFT)将接收模拟预编码/波束赋型操作后的基带多载波符号 流从时域转换到频域。在频域,物理层数据信号和参考信号被接收处理器456解复用,其中参考信号将被用于信道估计,数据信号在多天线接收处理器458中经过多天线检测后恢复出以所述第一通信设备450为目的地的任何空间流。每一空间流上的符号在接收处理器456中被解调和恢复,并生成软决策。随后接收处理器456解码和解交错所述软决策以恢复在物理信道上由所述第二通信设备410发射的上层数据和控制信号。随后将上层数据和控制信号提供到控制器/处理器459。控制器/处理器459实施L2层的功能。控制器/处理器459可与存储程序代码和数据的存储器460相关联。存储器460可称为计算机可读媒体。在从所述第二通信设备410到所述第二通信设备450的传输中,控制器/处理器459提供输送与逻辑信道之间的多路分用、包重组装、解密、标头解压缩、控制信号处理以恢复来自核心网络的上层数据包。随后将上层数据包提供到L2层之上的所有协议层。也可将各种控制信号提供到L3以用于L3处理。In transmission from said second communication device 410 to said first communication device 450 , at said first communication device 450 each receiver 454 receives a signal via its respective antenna 452 . Each receiver 454 recovers the information modulated onto an RF carrier and converts the RF stream to a baseband multi-carrier symbol stream that is provided to a receive processor 456 . Receive processor 456 and multi-antenna receive processor 458 implement various signal processing functions of the L1 layer. The multi-antenna receive processor 458 performs receive analog precoding/beamforming operations on the baseband multi-carrier symbol stream from the receiver 454 . The receive processor 456 uses a Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) to convert the baseband multi-carrier symbol stream after the receive analog precoding/beamforming operation from the time domain to the frequency domain. In the frequency domain, the physical layer data signal and the reference signal are demultiplexed by the receiving processor 456, wherein the reference signal will be used for channel estimation, and the data signal is recovered in the multi-antenna detection in the multi-antenna receiving processor 458. Any spatial stream for which the first communication device 450 is a destination. The symbols on each spatial stream are demodulated and recovered in receive processor 456 and soft decisions are generated. The receive processor 456 then decodes and deinterleaves the soft decisions to recover the upper layer data and control signals transmitted by the second communications device 410 on the physical channel. The upper layer data and control signals are then provided to the controller/processor 459 . Controller/processor 459 implements the functions of the L2 layer. Controller/processor 459 can be associated with memory 460 that stores program codes and data. Memory 460 may be referred to as a computer-readable medium. In transmission from said second communication device 410 to said second communication device 450, controller/processor 459 provides demultiplexing between transport and logical channels, packet reassembly, decryption, header decompression , control signal processing to recover upper layer data packets from the core network. The upper layer packets are then provided to all protocol layers above the L2 layer. Various control signals may also be provided to L3 for L3 processing.
在从所述第一通信设备450到所述第二通信设备410的传输中,在所述第一通信设备450处,使用数据源467来将上层数据包提供到控制器/处理器459。数据源467表示L2层之上的所有协议层。类似于在从所述第二通信设备410到所述第一通信设备450的传输中所描述所述第二通信设备410处的发送功能,控制器/处理器459基于无线资源分配来实施标头压缩、加密、包分段和重排序以及逻辑与输送信道之间的多路复用,实施用于用户平面和控制平面的L2层功能。控制器/处理器459还负责丢失包的重新发射,和到所述第二通信设备410的信令。发射处理器468执行调制映射、信道编码处理,多天线发射处理器457进行数字多天线空间预编码,包括基于码本的预编码和基于非码本的预编码,和波束赋型处理,随后发射处理器468将产生的空间流调制成多载波/单载波符号流,在多天线发射处理器457中经过模拟预编码/波束赋型操作后再经由发射器454提供到不同天线452。每一发射器454首先把多天线发射处理器457提供的基带符号流转化成射频符号流,再提供到天线452。In transmission from said first communication device 450 to said second communication device 410 , at said first communication device 450 a data source 467 is used to provide upper layer data packets to a controller/processor 459 . Data source 467 represents all protocol layers above the L2 layer. Similar to the transmit function at the second communications device 410 described in the transmission from the second communications device 410 to the first communications device 450, the controller/processor 459 implements a header based on radio resource allocation Compression, encryption, packet segmentation and reordering, and multiplexing between logical and transport channels, implementing L2 layer functions for user plane and control plane. The controller/processor 459 is also responsible for retransmission of lost packets, and signaling to the second communication device 410 . The transmit processor 468 performs modulation mapping and channel coding processing, and the multi-antenna transmit processor 457 performs digital multi-antenna spatial precoding, including codebook-based precoding and non-codebook-based precoding, and beamforming processing, and then transmits The processor 468 modulates the generated spatial stream into a multi-carrier/single-carrier symbol stream, which is provided to different antennas 452 via the transmitter 454 after undergoing analog precoding/beamforming operations in the multi-antenna transmit processor 457 . Each transmitter 454 first converts the baseband symbol stream provided by the multi-antenna transmit processor 457 into an RF symbol stream, and then provides it to the antenna 452 .
在从所述第一通信设备450到所述第二通信设备410的传输中,所述第二通信设备410处的功能类似于在从所述第二通信设备410到所述第一通信设备450的传输中所描述的所述第一通信设备450处的接收功能。每一接收器418通过其相应天线420接收射频信号,把接收到的射频信号转化成基带信号,并把基带信号提供到多天线接收处理器472和接收处理器470。接收处理器470和多天线接收处理器472共同实施L1层的功能。控制器/处理器475实施L2层功能。控制器/处理器475可与存储程序代码和数据的存储器476相关联。存储器476可称为计算机可读媒体。在从所述第一通信设备450到所述第二通信设备410的传输中,控制器/处理器475提供输送与逻辑信道之间的多路分用、包重组装、解密、标头解压缩、控制信号处理以恢复来自UE450的上层数据包。来自控制器/处理器475的上层数据包可被提供到核心网络。In the transmission from the first communication device 450 to the second communication device 410, the function at the second communication device 410 is similar to that in the transmission from the second communication device 410 to the first communication device 450 The receive function at the first communication device 450 is described in the transmission. Each receiver 418 receives radio frequency signals through its respective antenna 420 , converts the received radio frequency signals to baseband signals, and provides the baseband signals to multi-antenna receive processor 472 and receive processor 470 . The receive processor 470 and the multi-antenna receive processor 472 jointly implement the functions of the L1 layer. Controller/processor 475 implements L2 layer functions. Controller/processor 475 can be associated with memory 476 that stores program codes and data. Memory 476 may be referred to as a computer-readable medium. In transmission from said first communication device 450 to said second communication device 410, controller/processor 475 provides demultiplexing between transport and logical channels, packet reassembly, decryption, header decompression . Control signal processing to recover upper layer data packets from UE450. Upper layer packets from controller/processor 475 may be provided to the core network.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通信设备450包括:至少一个处理器以及至少一个存储器,所述至少一个存储器包括计算机程序代码;所述至少一个存储器和所述计算机程序代码被配置成与所述至少一个处理器一起使用,所述第一通信设备450至少:接收第一信令集合,所述第一信令集合包括至少第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合包括至少一个TCI状态;根据第一RS资源组评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述第一RS资源组中包括至少一个RS资源;其中,所述第一控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态是第一TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中的一个TCI状态;所述第一TCI状态指示至少第一RS资源;至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组,所述第一节点没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS。As an embodiment, the first communication device 450 includes: at least one processor and at least one memory, and the at least one memory includes computer program code; the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to communicate with the Used together with at least one processor, the first communication device 450 at least: receives a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate a first control A set of candidate TCI states of a resource set, wherein the set of candidate TCI states of the first control resource set includes at least one TCI state; whether radio link failure occurs is evaluated according to a first RS resource group, and in the first RS resource group Including at least one RS resource; wherein, the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state, and the first TCI state is a TCI in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set State; the first TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource; at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the first node is not configured RadioLinkMonitoringRS.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通信设备450包括:一种存储计算机可读指令程序的存储器,所述计算机可读指令程序在由至少一个处理器执行时产生动作,所述动作包括:接收第一信令集合,所述第一信令集合包括至少第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合包括至少一个TCI状态;根据第一RS资源组评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述第一RS资源组中包括至少一个RS资源;其中,所述第一控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态是第一TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中的一个TCI状态;所述第一TCI状态指示至少第一RS资源;至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组,所述第一节点没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS。As an embodiment, the first communication device 450 includes: a memory storing a computer-readable instruction program, and the computer-readable instruction program generates an action when executed by at least one processor, and the action includes: receiving a first A signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate TCI state set of a first control resource set, the first control resource set of the The candidate TCI state set includes at least one TCI state; evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs according to the first RS resource group, and the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource; wherein, the active TCI of the first control resource set The state is a first TCI state, and the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set; the first TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource; at least the The first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS.
作为一个实施例,所述第二通信设备410包括:至少一个处理器以及至少一个存储器,所述至少一个存储器包括计算机程序代码;所述至少一个存储器和所述计算机程序代码被配置成与所述至少一个处理器 一起使用。所述第二通信设备410至少:发送第一信令集合,所述第一信令集合包括至少第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合包括至少一个TCI状态;第一RS资源组被用于评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述第一RS资源组中包括至少一个RS资源;接收第三信令,所述第三信令是更高层信令;其中,所述第一控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态是第一TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中的一个TCI状态;所述第一TCI状态指示至少第一RS资源;至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组,所述第三信令的发送者没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS;作为评估发生无线链路失败的响应,所述第三信令被发送。As an embodiment, the second communication device 410 includes: at least one processor and at least one memory, and the at least one memory includes computer program code; the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to communicate with the Use with at least one processor. The second communication device 410 at least: transmits a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate TCI state set of a first control resource set , the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes at least one TCI state; the first RS resource group is used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs, and the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource ; receiving third signaling, the third signaling is higher layer signaling; wherein, the active TCI state of the first set of control resources is the first TCI state, and the first TCI state is the first control A TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the resource set; the first TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource; at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource An RS resource group, the sender of the third signaling is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS; the third signaling is sent as a response to the assessment that a radio link failure occurs.
作为一个实施例,所述第二通信设备410包括:一种存储计算机可读指令程序的存储器,所述计算机可读指令程序在由至少一个处理器执行时产生动作,所述动作包括:发送第一信令集合,所述第一信令集合包括至少第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合包括至少一个TCI状态;第一RS资源组被用于评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述第一RS资源组中包括至少一个RS资源;接收第三信令,所述第三信令是更高层信令;其中,所述第一控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态是第一TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中的一个TCI状态;所述第一TCI状态指示至少第一RS资源;至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组,所述第三信令的发送者没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS;作为评估发生无线链路失败的响应,所述第三信令被发送。As an embodiment, the second communication device 410 includes: a memory storing a computer-readable instruction program, and the computer-readable instruction program generates an action when executed by at least one processor, and the action includes: sending the first A signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate TCI state set of a first control resource set, the first control resource set of the The candidate TCI state set includes at least one TCI state; the first RS resource group is used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs, and the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource; receiving a third signaling, the third The signaling is higher layer signaling; wherein the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state, and the first TCI state is one of the candidate TCI state sets of the first control resource set A TCI state; the first TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource; at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the third signaling The sender of is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS; the third signaling is sent in response to assessing the occurrence of a radio link failure.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通信设备450包括:至少一个处理器以及至少一个存储器,所述至少一个存储器包括计算机程序代码;所述至少一个存储器和所述计算机程序代码被配置成与所述至少一个处理器一起使用,所述第一通信设备450至少:接收第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一RS资源组,所述第一RS资源组包括第一RS资源子组和第二RS资源子组;所述第一RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第二RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第二PCI;根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述不超过L1个RS资源是所述第一RS资源子组的子集,所述不超过L2个RS资源是所述第二RS资源子组的子集。As an embodiment, the first communication device 450 includes: at least one processor and at least one memory, and the at least one memory includes computer program code; the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to communicate with the Used together by at least one processor, the first communication device 450 at least: receives a first signaling, the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS resource group, and the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a second subgroup of RS resources; each RS resource in the first subgroup of RS resources is associated to the first PCI, and each RS resource in the second subgroup of RS resources is associated to the second PCI: Evaluate whether a wireless link failure occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources, the no more than L1 RS resources are a subset of the first RS resource subset, and the no more than L2 RS resources RS resources are a subset of the second subset of RS resources.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通信设备450包括:一种存储计算机可读指令程序的存储器,所述计算机可读指令程序在由至少一个处理器执行时产生动作,所述动作包括:接收第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一RS资源组,所述第一RS资源组包括第一RS资源子组和第二RS资源子组;所述第一RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第二RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第二PCI;根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述不超过L1个RS资源是所述第一RS资源子组的子集,所述不超过L2个RS资源是所述第二RS资源子组的子集。As an embodiment, the first communication device 450 includes: a memory storing a computer-readable instruction program, and the computer-readable instruction program generates an action when executed by at least one processor, and the action includes: receiving a first A signaling, the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS resource group, the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a second RS resource subgroup; the first RS resource subgroup Each RS resource in is associated to the first PCI, and each RS resource in the second RS resource subgroup is associated to the second PCI; according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources to evaluate whether When a radio link failure occurs, the no more than L1 RS resources are a subset of the first RS resource subgroup, and the no more than L2 RS resources are a subset of the second RS resource subgroup.
作为一个实施例,所述第二通信设备410包括:至少一个处理器以及至少一个存储器,所述至少一个存储器包括计算机程序代码;所述至少一个存储器和所述计算机程序代码被配置成与所述至少一个处理器一起使用。所述第二通信设备410至少:发送第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一RS资源组,所述第一RS资源组包括第一RS资源子组和第二RS资源子组;所述第一RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第二RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第二PCI。As an embodiment, the second communication device 410 includes: at least one processor and at least one memory, and the at least one memory includes computer program code; the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to communicate with the Use with at least one processor. The second communication device 410 at least: sending first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS resource group, and the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a second RS resource subgroup; each RS resource in the first RS resource subgroup is associated to a first PCI, and each RS resource in the second RS resource subgroup is associated to a second PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第二通信设备410包括:一种存储计算机可读指令程序的存储器,所述计算机可读指令程序在由至少一个处理器执行时产生动作,所述动作包括:发送第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一RS资源组,所述第一RS资源组包括第一RS资源子组和第二RS资源子组;所述第一RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第二RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第二PCI。As an embodiment, the second communication device 410 includes: a memory storing a computer-readable instruction program, and the computer-readable instruction program generates an action when executed by at least one processor, and the action includes: sending the first A signaling, the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS resource group, the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a second RS resource subgroup; the first RS resource subgroup Each RS resource in the subgroup is associated to a first PCI, and each RS resource in the second subset of RS resources is associated to a second PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述天线452,所述接收器454,所述接收处理器456,所述控制器/处理器459被用于接收第一信令集合;所述天线420,所述发射器418,所述发射处理器416,所述控制器/处理器475中的至少之一被用于发送第一信令集合。As an embodiment, the antenna 452, the receiver 454, the receiving processor 456, and the controller/processor 459 are used to receive the first signaling set; the antenna 420, the transmitter 418. At least one of the transmit processor 416 and the controller/processor 475 is used to send a first signaling set.
作为一个实施例,所述天线452,所述接收器454,所述接收处理器456,所述控制器/处理器459被用于接收第二信令;所述天线420,所述发射器418,所述发射处理器416,所述控制器/处理器475中的至少之一被用于发送第二信令。As an embodiment, the antenna 452, the receiver 454, the receiving processor 456, and the controller/processor 459 are used to receive the second signaling; the antenna 420, the transmitter 418 , at least one of the transmit processor 416 and the controller/processor 475 is used to send the second signaling.
作为一个实施,所述天线452,所述发射器454,所述发射处理器468,所述控制器/处理器459被用 于发送第三信令;所述天线420,所述接收器418,所述接收处理器470,所述控制器/处理器475中的至少之一被用于接收第三信令。As an implementation, the antenna 452, the transmitter 454, the transmitting processor 468, and the controller/processor 459 are used to send a third signaling; the antenna 420, the receiver 418, At least one of the receive processor 470, the controller/processor 475 is configured to receive third signaling.
作为一个实施,所述天线452,所述发射器454,所述发射处理器468,所述控制器/处理器459被用于发送第三信令;所述天线420,所述接收器418,所述接收处理器470,所述控制器/处理器475中的至少之一被用于接收第三信令。As an implementation, the antenna 452, the transmitter 454, the transmitting processor 468, and the controller/processor 459 are used to send a third signaling; the antenna 420, the receiver 418, At least one of the receive processor 470, the controller/processor 475 is configured to receive third signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通信设备450对应本申请中的第一节点。As an embodiment, the first communication device 450 corresponds to the first node in this application.
作为一个实施例,所述第二通信设备410对应本申请中的第二节点。As an embodiment, the second communication device 410 corresponds to the second node in this application.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通信设备450是一个用户设备,所述第二通信设备410是一个基站设备。As an embodiment, the first communication device 450 is a user equipment, and the second communication device 410 is a base station device.
作为一个实施例,所述用户设备支持大时延差的,或者NTN(非地面网络,Non-Terrestrial Network),或者能飞行。As an embodiment, the user equipment supports a large delay difference, or NTN (Non-Terrestrial Network, Non-Terrestrial Network), or is capable of flying.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通信设备450具备定位能力。As an embodiment, the first communication device 450 has a positioning capability.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通信设备450不具备定能能力。As an example, the first communication device 450 does not have a fixed energy capability.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通信设备450是一个支持TN(地面网络,Terrestrial Network)的用户设备。As an embodiment, the first communication device 450 is a user equipment supporting TN (Terrestrial Network, Terrestrial Network).
作为一个实施例,所述第二通信设备410是一个基站设备(gNB/eNB/ng-eNB)。As an embodiment, the second communication device 410 is a base station device (gNB/eNB/ng-eNB).
作为一个实施例,所述基站设备支持大时延差,或者NTN,或者是卫星设备,或者是飞行平台设备。As an embodiment, the base station equipment supports large delay difference, or NTN, or satellite equipment, or flight platform equipment.
实施例5Example 5
实施例5示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的无线信号传输流程图,如附图5所示,其中方框F5.1中的步骤是可选的。特别说明的是本示例中的顺序并不限制本申请中的信号传输顺序和实施的顺序。Embodiment 5 illustrates a flow chart of wireless signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 5 , where the steps in block F5.1 are optional. It is particularly noted that the sequence in this example does not limit the signal transmission sequence and implementation sequence in this application.
对于 第一节点U01,在步骤S5101中,接收第一信令集合,所述第一信令集合包括至少第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合包括至少一个TCI状态;在步骤S5102中,接收第二信令,所述第二信令包括所述第一控制资源集合的标识和一个TCI状态的标识;在步骤S5103中,根据第一RS资源组评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述第一RS资源组中包括至少一个RS资源; For the first node U01 , in step S5101, a first signaling set is received, the first signaling set includes at least the first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate the candidate TCI of the first control resource set A state set, the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes at least one TCI state; in step S5102, receiving second signaling, the second signaling including the identifier of the first control resource set and an identifier of a TCI state; in step S5103, assess whether a radio link failure occurs according to a first RS resource group, the first RS resource group including at least one RS resource;
对于 第二节点N02,在步骤S5201中,发送所述第一信令集合;在步骤S5202中,发送所述第二信令; For the second node N02 , in step S5201, send the first signaling set; in step S5202, send the second signaling;
实施例5中,所述第一控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态是第一TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中的一个TCI状态;所述第一TCI状态指示至少第一RS资源;至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组,所述第一节点没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS。In Embodiment 5, the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state, and the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set; The first TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource; at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令集合是RRC层信令,所述第二信令是MAC CE。As an embodiment, the first signaling set is RRC layer signaling, and the second signaling is MAC CE.
RLF测量的配置在传统方案中是通过RRC层信令实现的,而上述方法通过MAC CE结合RRC信令,能更灵活的对RS资源进行配置。The configuration of RLF measurement is implemented through RRC layer signaling in traditional solutions, but the above method can configure RS resources more flexibly through MAC CE combined with RRC signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令是指示UE特定的PDCCH的TCI状态的MAC CE(TCI State Indication for UE-specific PDCCH MAC CE)。As an embodiment, the second signaling is a MAC CE (TCI State Indication for UE-specific PDCCH MAC CE) indicating a TCI state of a UE-specific PDCCH.
作为一个实施例,所述句子至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:所述第一信令中的第一域显式的指示所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组。As an embodiment, the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the first field in the first signaling is explicit Indicate whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一域仅包括1个比特。As an embodiment, the first field only includes 1 bit.
作为一个实施例,所述句子至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:所述第一信令隐式的指示所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组。As an embodiment, the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the first signaling implicitly indicates the first Whether the RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述句子至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合是否包括被关联到第一PCI的RS资源被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组。As an embodiment, the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set Whether the RS resource associated to the first PCI is included is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,如果所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中每个TCI状态所包括的RS资源未被关联到第一PCI,所述第一RS资源属于所述第一RS资源组;如果所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中每个TCI状态所包括的RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第一RS资源不属于所述第一RS资源组。As a sub-embodiment of the above-mentioned embodiment, if the RS resource included in each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set is not associated with the first PCI, the first RS resource belongs to The first RS resource group; if the RS resource included in each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set is associated with the first PCI, the first RS resource does not belong to the A first RS resource group.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,如果所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中部分TCI状态所包括的RS资源未被关联到第一PCI,并且所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中部分TCI状态所包括的RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第一RS资源不属于所述第一RS资源组。As a sub-embodiment of the above-mentioned embodiment, if the RS resources included in some TCI states in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set are not associated with the first PCI, and the first control resource set The RS resources included in some TCI states in the set of candidate TCI states are associated with the first PCI, and the first RS resources do not belong to the first RS resource group.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,如果所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中部分TCI状态所包括的RS资源未被关联到第一PCI,并且所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中部分TCI状态所包括的RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第一RS资源属于所述第一RS资源组。As a sub-embodiment of the above-mentioned embodiment, if the RS resources included in some TCI states in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set are not associated with the first PCI, and the first control resource set The RS resources included in some TCI states in the set of candidate TCI states are associated with the first PCI, and the first RS resources belong to the first RS resource group.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,如果所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中部分TCI状态所包括的RS资源未被关联到第一PCI,并且所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中部分TCI状态所包括的RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第二信令被用于指示所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组。As a sub-embodiment of the above-mentioned embodiment, if the RS resources included in some TCI states in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set are not associated with the first PCI, and the first control resource set The RS resources included in some TCI states in the set of candidate TCI states are associated with the first PCI, and the second signaling is used to indicate whether the first RS resources belong to the first RS resource group.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第二信令中的第二域显式的指示所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, the second field in the second signaling explicitly indicates whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述句子至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中TCI状态的标识(tci-state ID)为所述第二信令所包括的所述一个TCI状态的标识的那个TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是否包括被关联到第一PCI的RS资源被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组;所述第二信令指示所述第一TCI状态被应用于所述第一控制资源集合。As an embodiment, the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the first TCI state is the first control resource set The TCI state identifier (tci-state ID) in the candidate TCI state set is the TCI state of the TCI state identifier included in the second signaling, whether the first TCI state includes the associated The RS resource to the first PCI is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; the second signaling indicates that the first TCI state is applied to the first set of control resources .
作为一个实施例,一个TCI状态的标识是TCI-StateId。As an embodiment, the identifier of a TCI state is TCI-StateId.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点U01的Spcell(Special Cell)的PCI是第二PCI,所述第二PCI与所述第一PCI不同。As an embodiment, the PCI of the Spcell (Special Cell) of the first node U01 is a second PCI, and the second PCI is different from the first PCI.
作为一个实施例,第二PCI标识的小区被配置为所述第一节点U01的服务小区,所述第一PCI标识的小区没有被配置为所述第一节点U01的服务小区。As an embodiment, the cell identified by the second PCI is configured as the serving cell of the first node U01, and the cell identified by the first PCI is not configured as the serving cell of the first node U01.
作为一个实施例,第二PCI标识的小区被SpCellConfig信令或者SCellConfig信令配置给所述第一节点U01,所述第一PCI标识的小区被SpCellConfig信令和SCellConfig信令之外的RRC信令配置给所述第一节点U01。As an embodiment, the cell identified by the second PCI is configured to the first node U01 by SpCellConfig signaling or SCellConfig signaling, and the cell identified by the first PCI is configured by RRC signaling other than SpCellConfig signaling and SCellConfig signaling configured to the first node U01.
作为一个实施例,所述第二节点N02维持所述第二PCI标识的服务小区。As an embodiment, the second node N02 maintains the serving cell identified by the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第二节点N02维持所述第一PCI标识的小区以及所述第二PCI标识的服务小区。As an embodiment, the second node N02 maintains the cell identified by the first PCI and the serving cell identified by the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,当一个RS资源被分配给一个PCI所指示的小区时,所述一个RS资源被关联到所述一个PCI。As an embodiment, when one RS resource is allocated to a cell indicated by one PCI, the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
作为一个实施例,当一个PCI被用于生成一个RS资源的RS序列时,所述一个RS资源被关联到所述一个PCI。As an embodiment, when one PCI is used to generate an RS sequence of one RS resource, the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
作为一个实施例,当一个RS资源与一个PCI所指示的小区的一个ssb-Index所指示的SSB QCL(Quasi co-location,准共址)时,所述一个RS资源被关联到所述一个PCI。As an embodiment, when an RS resource is associated with the SSB QCL (Quasi co-location, quasi co-location) indicated by an ssb-Index of a cell indicated by a PCI, the RS resource is associated with the PCI .
作为一个实施例,当一个RS资源与一个PCI所指示的小区下行同步时,所述一个RS资源被关联到所述一个PCI。As an embodiment, when one RS resource is downlink-synchronized with a cell indicated by one PCI, the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
作为一个实施例,当一个RS资源在一个PCI所指示的小区上被发送时,所述一个RS资源被关联到所述一个PCI。As an embodiment, when one RS resource is sent on a cell indicated by one PCI, the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
作为一个实施例,当一个RS资源是一个PCI所指示的小区的一个ssb-Index所指示的SSB时,所述一个RS资源被关联到所述一个PCI。As an embodiment, when an RS resource is an SSB indicated by an ssb-Index of a cell indicated by a PCI, the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
作为一个实施例,一个RS资源的类型是ssb-Index指示的SSB,CSI-RS资源二者中之一。As an embodiment, the type of an RS resource is one of the SSB indicated by the ssb-Index and the CSI-RS resource.
作为一个实施例,所述CSI-RS资源是周期性的CSI-RS资源。As an embodiment, the CSI-RS resource is a periodic CSI-RS resource.
作为一个实施例,一个RS资源的类型是ssb-Index指示的SSB,CSI-RS资源,CSI-IM(Interference Measurement,干扰测量)资源,DMRS(Demodulation Reference Signal,解调参考信号)资源,CRS(CellReference Signal)资源中的一种。As an embodiment, the type of an RS resource is SSB indicated by ssb-Index, CSI-RS resource, CSI-IM (Interference Measurement, interference measurement) resource, DMRS (Demodulation Reference Signal, demodulation reference signal) resource, CRS ( One of the CellReference Signal) resources.
作为一个实施例,所述第一RS资源组中的任意两个RS资源的类型相同。As an embodiment, types of any two RS resources in the first RS resource group are the same.
作为一个实施例,所述第一RS资源组中的至少两个RS资源的类型不同。As an embodiment, at least two RS resources in the first RS resource group are of different types.
作为一个实施例,所述第一PCI和所述第二PCI是两个不同的TRPs。As an embodiment, the first PCI and the second PCI are two different TRPs.
实施例5AExample 5A
实施例5A示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的无线信号传输流程图,如附图5A所示,其中方框F5.1和方框F5.2中的步骤是可选的。特别说明的是本示例中的顺序并不限制本申请中的信号传输顺序和实施的顺序。Embodiment 5A illustrates a flow chart of wireless signal transmission according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 5A , where the steps in box F5.1 and box F5.2 are optional. It is particularly noted that the sequence in this example does not limit the signal transmission sequence and implementation sequence in this application.
对于 第一节点U01,在步骤S5101a中,接收第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一RS资源组,所述第一RS资源组包括第一RS资源子组和第二RS资源子组;所述第一RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第二RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第二PCI;在步骤S5102a中,接收第二信令,所述第二信令被用于指示第一RS资源组中的至少一个RS资源被关联到的PCI;在步骤S5103a中,根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述不超过L1个RS资源是所述第一RS资源子组的子集,所述不超过L2个RS资源是所述第二RS资源子组的子集; For the first node U01 , in step S5101a, the first signaling is received, and the first signaling is used to indicate the first RS resource group, and the first RS resource group includes the first RS resource subgroup and the second RS resource subgroup. A subgroup of RS resources; each RS resource in the first subgroup of RS resources is associated to a first PCI, and each RS resource in the second subgroup of RS resources is associated to a second PCI; in step S5102a In step S5103a, according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources evaluate whether a wireless link failure occurs, the RS resources not exceeding L1 are a subset of the first RS resource subgroup, and the RS resources not exceeding L2 are a subset of the second RS resource subgroup subset of
对于 第二节点N02,在步骤S5201a中,发送所述第一信令;在步骤S5202a中,发送所述第二信令。 For the second node N02 , in step S5201a, send the first signaling; in step S5202a, send the second signaling.
实施例5a中,所述L1依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量二者中的至少前者,所述第一小区被所述第一PCI标识;所述L2依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量二者中的至少后者,所述第二小区被所述第二PCI标识;所述行为接收第二信令在所述行为根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败之前;所述第一RS资源组中的所述至少一个RS资源被关联到的所述PCI是所述第一PCI和所述第二PCI二者中之一。In embodiment 5a, the L1 depends on at least the former of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell, the first cell is identified by the first PCI; Said L2 depends on at least the latter of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell identified by said second PCI; said behavior receives the second Before the behavior of signaling evaluates whether a radio link failure occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources; the at least one RS resource in the first RS resource group is associated with the The PCI is one of the first PCI and the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令是RRC层消息,所述第二信令是RRC层之下的协议层的消息。As an embodiment, the first signaling is an RRC layer message, and the second signaling is a protocol layer message below the RRC layer.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点U01,在步骤S5100a中发送第一消息;所述第二节点U02,在步骤S5200a中接收第一消息;其中,用于评估是否发生无线链路失败的RS资源的数量不超过L3;所述第一消息指示所述L3。As an embodiment, the first node U01 sends the first message in step S5100a; the second node U02 receives the first message in step S5200a; wherein, the RS for evaluating whether a wireless link failure occurs The number of resources does not exceed L3; the first message indicates the L3.
作为一个实施例,所述第二节点U02根据所述第一消息确定所述第一RS资源组中所包括的RS资源的数量,所述第一RS资源组中所包括的被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源的数量,或者所述第一RS资源组中所包括的被关联到所述第二PCI的RS资源的数量。As an embodiment, the second node U02 determines the number of RS resources included in the first RS resource group according to the first message, and the RS resources included in the first RS resource group are associated with the The number of RS resources of the first PCI, or the number of RS resources included in the first RS resource group and associated with the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第一消息是更高层消息。As an embodiment, the first message is a higher layer message.
作为一个实施例,所述第一消息是RRC层消息。As an embodiment, the first message is an RRC layer message.
作为一个实施例,所述第一消息包括UE能力相关信息。As an embodiment, the first message includes UE capability related information.
作为一个实施例,所述第一消息是UECapabilityInformation IE。As an embodiment, the first message is UECapabilityInformation IE.
作为一个实施例,用于评估是否发生无线链路失败的RS资源的数量不超过L3;所述L3小于所述L1加上所述L2的和,所述L3依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量。As an embodiment, the number of RS resources used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the L3 is smaller than the sum of the L1 plus the L2, and the L3 depends on the SSB index of the first cell Maximum number and maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令是RRC层信令,所述第二信令是MAC CE(Control Element,控制单元)。As an embodiment, the first signaling is RRC layer signaling, and the second signaling is MAC CE (Control Element, control unit).
RLF测量的配置在传统方案中是通过RRC层信令实现的,而上述方法通过MAC CE结合RRC信令,能更灵活的对RS资源进行配置。The configuration of RLF measurement is implemented through RRC layer signaling in traditional solutions, but the above method can configure RS resources more flexibly through MAC CE combined with RRC signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令指示的PCI是所述第二信令所指示的TCI状态所包括的RS资源被关联到的PCI。As an embodiment, the PCI indicated by the second signaling is the PCI to which the RS resource included in the TCI state indicated by the second signaling is associated.
作为一个实施例,所述第二信令是指示UE特定的PDCCH的TCI状态的MAC CE(TCI State Indication for UE-specific PDCCH MAC CE)。As an embodiment, the second signaling is a MAC CE (TCI State Indication for UE-specific PDCCH MAC CE) indicating a TCI state of a UE-specific PDCCH.
作为一个实施例,所述L3等于所述L1加上所述L2的和;所述L1依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量;所述L2依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量。As an embodiment, the L3 is equal to the sum of the L1 plus the L2; the L1 depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell; the L2 depends on The maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
作为一个实施例,所述L3小于所述L1加上所述L2的和;所述L1仅依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量;所述L2仅依赖于第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量。As an embodiment, the L3 is smaller than the sum of the L1 plus the L2; the L1 only depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell; the L2 only depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell quantity.
作为一个实施例,所述不超过L1个RS资源中所包括的RS资源的数量不小于第一保留值。As an embodiment, the number of RS resources included in the no more than L1 RS resources is not less than the first reserved value.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一保留值是可配置的。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, the first reserved value is configurable.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一保留值的候选值中包括0。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, the candidate values of the first reserved value include 0.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述不超过L2个RS资源中所包括的RS资源的数量不小于第二保留值。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, the number of RS resources included in the no more than L2 RS resources is not less than the second reserved value.
作为一个实施例,所述第一保留值和所述第二保留值都是正整数。As an embodiment, both the first reserved value and the second reserved value are positive integers.
作为一个实施例,所述第一保留值和所述第二保留值都是常数1。As an embodiment, both the first reserved value and the second reserved value are constant 1.
作为一个实施例,所述第一保留值依赖于所述第一小区的的SSB索引的所述最大数量和所述第一RS资源组中被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源的数量二者中的至少前者。As an embodiment, the first reserved value depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the number of RS resources associated with the first PCI in the first RS resource group. at least the former of the latter.
作为一个实施例,所述第一保留值依赖于所述第一小区的的SSB索引的所述最大数量。As an embodiment, the first reserved value depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一保留值随着所述第一小区的的SSB索引的所述最大数量的增加而增加。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, the first reserved value increases as the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell increases.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,当所述第一小区的的SSB索引的所述最大数量为4,8或64时,所述第一保留值分别为1,1和2。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, when the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell is 4, 8, or 64, the first reserved values are 1, 1, and 2, respectively.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,当所述第一小区的的SSB索引的所述最大数量为4,8或64时,所述第一保留值分别为0,0和1。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, when the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell is 4, 8, or 64, the first reserved values are 0, 0, and 1, respectively.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,当所述第一小区的的SSB索引的所述最大数量为4,8或64时,所述第一保留值分别为0,1和2。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, when the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell is 4, 8, or 64, the first reserved values are 0, 1, and 2, respectively.
作为一个实施例,所述第一保留值依赖于所述第一小区的的SSB索引的所述最大数量和所述第一RS资源组中被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源的数量。As an embodiment, the first reserved value depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the number of RS resources associated with the first PCI in the first RS resource group.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第二保留值是第一参考值和所述第一RS资源组中被关联到所述第二PCI的RS资源的数量二者中的较小值,所述第一参考值依赖于所述第一小区的的SSB索引的所述最大数量。As a sub-embodiment of the above-mentioned embodiment, the second reserved value is the smaller value of the first reference value and the number of RS resources associated with the second PCI in the first RS resource group , the first reference value depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,当所述第一小区的的SSB索引的所述最大数量为4,8或64时,所述第一参考值分别为1,1和2。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, when the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell is 4, 8, or 64, the first reference values are 1, 1, and 2, respectively.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,当所述第一小区的的SSB索引的所述最大数量为4,8或64时,所述第一参考值分别为0,0和1。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, when the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell is 4, 8, or 64, the first reference values are 0, 0, and 1 respectively.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,当所述第一小区的的SSB索引的所述最大数量为4,8或64时,所述第一参考值分别为0,1和2。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, when the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell is 4, 8, or 64, the first reference values are 0, 1, and 2, respectively.
作为一个实施例,类似上述方法,所述第二保留值随着所述第二小区的的SSB索引的所述最大数量的增加而增加,或者,所述第二保留值依赖于所述第二小区的的SSB索引的所述最大数量和所述第一RS资源组中被关联到所述第二PCI的RS资源的数量。As an embodiment, similar to the method above, the second reserved value increases as the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell increases, or the second reserved value depends on the second The maximum number of SSB indexes of a cell and the number of RS resources associated with the second PCI in the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一保留值能避免用于评估是否发生RLF的RS资源中不包括被关联到所述第一小区的场景,这样即使优先满足针对所述第二小区的RLF的评估,也能确保针对所述第一小区的RLF评估满足最基本的性能要求。As an embodiment, the first reserved value can avoid the scenario that the RS resource used to evaluate whether RLF occurs does not include the scenario associated with the first cell, so that even if the evaluation of RLF for the second cell is prioritized , which can also ensure that the RLF evaluation for the first cell meets the most basic performance requirements.
作为一个实施例,所述第二节点N02维持所述第二PCI标识的服务小区。As an embodiment, the second node N02 maintains the serving cell identified by the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第二节点N02维持所述第一PCI标识的小区以及所述第二PCI标识的服务小区。As an embodiment, the second node N02 maintains the cell identified by the first PCI and the serving cell identified by the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,当一个RS资源被分配给一个PCI所指示的小区时,所述一个RS资源被关联到所述一个PCI。As an embodiment, when one RS resource is allocated to a cell indicated by one PCI, the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
作为一个实施例,当一个PCI被用于生成一个RS资源的RS序列时,所述一个RS资源被关联到所述一个PCI。As an embodiment, when one PCI is used to generate an RS sequence of one RS resource, the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
作为一个实施例,当一个RS资源与一个PCI所指示的小区的一个ssb-Index所指示的SSB QCL(Quasi co-location,准共址)时,所述一个RS资源被关联到所述一个PCI。As an embodiment, when an RS resource is associated with the SSB QCL (Quasi co-location, quasi co-location) indicated by an ssb-Index of a cell indicated by a PCI, the RS resource is associated with the PCI .
作为一个实施例,当一个RS资源与一个PCI所指示的小区下行同步时,所述一个RS资源被关联到所述一个PCI。As an embodiment, when one RS resource is downlink-synchronized with a cell indicated by one PCI, the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
作为一个实施例,当一个RS资源在一个PCI所指示的小区上被发送时,所述一个RS资源被关联到所述一个PCI。As an embodiment, when one RS resource is sent on a cell indicated by one PCI, the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
作为一个实施例,当一个RS资源是一个PCI所指示的小区的一个ssb-Index所指示的SSB时,所述一个RS资源被关联到所述一个PCI。As an embodiment, when an RS resource is an SSB indicated by an ssb-Index of a cell indicated by a PCI, the one RS resource is associated with the one PCI.
作为一个实施例,一个RS资源的类型是ssb-Index指示的SSB,CSI-RS资源二者中之一。As an embodiment, the type of an RS resource is one of the SSB indicated by the ssb-Index and the CSI-RS resource.
作为一个实施例,所述CSI-RS资源是周期性的CSI-RS资源。As an embodiment, the CSI-RS resource is a periodic CSI-RS resource.
作为一个实施例,一个RS资源的类型是ssb-Index指示的SSB,CSI-RS资源,CSI-IM(Interference Measurement,干扰测量)资源,DMRS(Demodulation Reference Signal,解调参考信号)资源,CRS(CellReference Signal)资源中的一种。As an embodiment, the type of an RS resource is SSB indicated by ssb-Index, CSI-RS resource, CSI-IM (Interference Measurement, interference measurement) resource, DMRS (Demodulation Reference Signal, demodulation reference signal) resource, CRS ( One of the CellReference Signal) resources.
作为一个实施例,所述第一RS资源组中的任意两个RS资源的类型相同。As an embodiment, types of any two RS resources in the first RS resource group are the same.
作为一个实施例,所述第一RS资源组中的至少两个RS资源的类型不同。As an embodiment, at least two RS resources in the first RS resource group are of different types.
作为一个实施例,所述第一PCI和所述第二PCI是两个不同的TRPs。As an embodiment, the first PCI and the second PCI are two different TRPs.
作为一个实施例,一个TCI状态的标识是TCI-StateId。As an embodiment, the identifier of a TCI state is TCI-StateId.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点U01的Spcell(Special Cell)的PCI是第二PCI,所述第二PCI与所述第一PCI不同。As an embodiment, the PCI of the Spcell (Special Cell) of the first node U01 is a second PCI, and the second PCI is different from the first PCI.
作为一个实施例,第二PCI标识的小区被配置为所述第一节点U01的服务小区,所述第一PCI标识的小区没有被配置为所述第一节点U01的服务小区。As an embodiment, the cell identified by the second PCI is configured as the serving cell of the first node U01, and the cell identified by the first PCI is not configured as the serving cell of the first node U01.
作为一个实施例,第二PCI标识的小区被SpCellConfig信令或者SCellConfig信令配置给所述第一节点U01,所述第一PCI标识的小区被SpCellConfig信令和SCellConfig信令之外的RRC信令配置给所述第一节点U01。As an embodiment, the cell identified by the second PCI is configured to the first node U01 by SpCellConfig signaling or SCellConfig signaling, and the cell identified by the first PCI is configured by RRC signaling other than SpCellConfig signaling and SCellConfig signaling configured to the first node U01.
实施例6Example 6
实施例6示例了根据本申请的传输RS资源的流程图,如附图6所示。附图6中,N04和N05分别是被第二PCI和第一PCI标识的TRP。Embodiment 6 illustrates a flow chart of transmitting RS resources according to the present application, as shown in FIG. 6 . In FIG. 6, N04 and N05 are TRPs identified by the second PCI and the first PCI respectively.
在步骤S6401中,TRP N04发送Q1个RS资源(即在Q1个RS资源上发送RS);TRP N05发送Q2个RS资源(即在Q2个RS资源上发送RS);所述Q1和所述Q2分别是正整数。In step S6401, TRP N04 sends Q1 RS resources (that is, sends RS on Q1 RS resources); TRP N05 sends Q2 RS resources (that is, sends RS on Q2 RS resources); the Q1 and the Q2 are positive integers, respectively.
UE U01在步骤S6101中接收所述Q1个RS资源和所述Q2个RS资源。UE U01 receives the Q1 RS resources and the Q2 RS resources in step S6101.
实施例6中TRP N04被第二PCI标识或者TRP N04发送的SSB指示第二PCI,TRP N05被第一PCI标识或者TRP N05发送的SSB指示第一PCI;所述Q1个RS资源中的每个RS资源被关联到所述第二PCI,所述Q2个RS资源中的每个RS资源被关联到所述第一PCI。In Embodiment 6, TRP N04 is identified by the second PCI or the SSB sent by TRP N04 indicates the second PCI, and TRP N05 is identified by the first PCI or the SSB sent by TRP N05 indicates the first PCI; each of the Q1 RS resources RS resources are associated to the second PCI, and each of the Q2 RS resources is associated to the first PCI.
作为一个实施例,第一RS资源组中的任一RS资源都是所述Q1个RS资源中之一。As an embodiment, any RS resource in the first RS resource group is one of the Q1 RS resources.
作为一个实施例,当第一RS资源是所述Q1个RS资源中之一时,所述第一RS资源属于所述第一RS资源组;当第一RS资源是所述Q2个RS资源中之一时,所述第一RS资源不属于所述第一RS资源组。As an embodiment, when the first RS resource is one of the Q1 RS resources, the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; when the first RS resource is one of the Q2 RS resources For a while, the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,第二信令将一个RS资源所关联的PCI在所述第二PCI和所述第一PCI之间切换。As an embodiment, the second signaling switches the PCI associated with one RS resource between the second PCI and the first PCI.
实施例6AExample 6A
实施例6A示例了根据本申请的传输RS资源的流程图,如附图6A所示。附图6A中,N04和N05分别是被第二PCI和第一PCI标识的TRP。Embodiment 6A illustrates a flow chart of transmitting RS resources according to the present application, as shown in FIG. 6A . In FIG. 6A , N04 and N05 are TRPs identified by the second PCI and the first PCI, respectively.
在步骤S6401a中,TRP N04发送Q1个RS资源(即在Q1个RS资源上发送RS);TRP N05发送Q2个RS资源(即在Q2个RS资源上发送RS);所述Q1和所述Q2分别是正整数。In step S6401a, TRP N04 sends Q1 RS resources (that is, sends RS on Q1 RS resources); TRP N05 sends Q2 RS resources (that is, sends RS on Q2 RS resources); the Q1 and the Q2 are positive integers, respectively.
UE U01在步骤S6101a中接收所述Q1个RS资源和所述Q2个RS资源。UE U01 receives the Q1 RS resources and the Q2 RS resources in step S6101a.
实施例6A中TRP N04被第一PCI标识或者TRP N04发送的SSB指示第一PCI,TRP N05被第二PCI标识或者TRP N05发送的SSB指示第二PCI;所述Q1个RS资源中的每个RS资源被关联到所述第一PCI,所述Q2个RS资源中的每个RS资源被关联到所述第二PCI。In embodiment 6A, TRP N04 is identified by the first PCI or the SSB sent by TRP N04 indicates the first PCI, and TRP N05 is identified by the second PCI or the SSB sent by TRP N05 indicates the second PCI; each of the Q1 RS resources RS resources are associated to the first PCI, and each of the Q2 RS resources is associated to the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,第一RS资源组中的任一RS资源都是所述Q1个RS资源中之一。As an embodiment, any RS resource in the first RS resource group is one of the Q1 RS resources.
作为一个实施例,第一RS资源子组和第二RS资源子组分别由所述Q1个RS资源和所述Q2个RS资源组成。As an embodiment, the first RS resource subgroup and the second RS resource subgroup are respectively composed of the Q1 RS resources and the Q2 RS resources.
作为一个实施例,第二信令将一个RS资源所关联的PCI在所述第二PCI和所述第一PCI之间切换。As an embodiment, the second signaling switches the PCI associated with one RS resource between the second PCI and the first PCI.
实施例7Example 7
实施例7示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的PDCCH所占用的时域资源的示意图,如附图7所示。附图7中,S1、S2、和S3填充的方格分别属于搜索空间#1,搜索空间#2,和搜索空间#3。Embodiment 7 illustrates a schematic diagram of time domain resources occupied by a PDCCH according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 7 . In Fig. 7, the squares filled by S1, S2, and S3 belong to search space #1, search space #2, and search space #3, respectively.
实施例7中,所述第一信令集合包括Q1个信令,所述Q1是大于1且不大于64的正整数;所述Q1个 信令分别对应Q1个控制资源集合,所述Q1个信令中的任一信令指示对应的控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合;所述第一信令是所述Q1个信令中的一个信令,所述第一控制资源集合是所述Q1个控制资源集合中对应所述第一信令的那个控制资源集合;按照首先监测周期从短到长、其次控制资源集合标识从高到低的顺序,仅当在Q2个控制资源集合中排序在所述第一控制资源集合之前的控制资源集合的数量不超过第一数值减1所得的差时,所述第一信令才被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组;所述Q2个控制资源集合是由所述Q1个控制资源集合中没有被关联到所述第一PCI的所有控制资源集合组成,所述第一数值是不小于2且不大于64的正整数。In Embodiment 7, the first signaling set includes Q1 signaling, and the Q1 is a positive integer greater than 1 and not greater than 64; the Q1 signaling respectively corresponds to Q1 control resource sets, and the Q1 Any signaling in the signaling indicates the candidate TCI state set of the corresponding control resource set; the first signaling is one of the Q1 signalings, and the first control resource set is the Q1 The control resource set corresponding to the first signaling in the control resource sets; according to the order of the first monitoring cycle from short to long, followed by the order of control resource set identifiers from high to low, only when the Q2 control resource sets are sorted in When the number of control resource sets before the first control resource set does not exceed the difference obtained by subtracting 1 from the first value, the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS Resource group: the Q2 control resource sets are composed of all the control resource sets in the Q1 control resource sets that are not associated with the first PCI, and the first value is not less than 2 and not greater than 64 positive integer.
作为一个实施例,所述Q1是不大于4的正整数。As an embodiment, the Q1 is a positive integer not greater than 4.
作为一个实施例,所述第一数值是可配置的。As an embodiment, the first value is configurable.
作为一个实施例,所述第一数值不大于8。As an example, the first numerical value is no greater than 8.
作为一个实施例,所述第一数值不大于16。As an embodiment, the first value is no greater than 16.
作为一个实施例,所述第一数值依赖于SSB索引的最大数量。As an embodiment, the first value depends on the maximum number of SSB indexes.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述SSB索引的最大数量为4,8或64时,所述第一数值分别为2,6和8。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, when the maximum number of SSB indexes is 4, 8, or 64, the first values are 2, 6, and 8, respectively.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述SSB索引的最大数量为4,8或64时,所述第一数值分别为2,4和8。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, when the maximum number of SSB indexes is 4, 8, or 64, the first values are 2, 4, and 8, respectively.
作为一个实施例,所述SSB索引的最大数量是L maxAs an embodiment, the maximum number of SSB indexes is L max .
作为一个实施例,所述SSB索引的最大数量是第二PCI所标识的小区的SSB索引的最大数量。As an embodiment, the maximum number of SSB indexes is the maximum number of SSB indexes of cells identified by the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述SSB索引的最大数量是第一PCI所标识的小区的SSB索引的最大数量。As an embodiment, the maximum number of SSB indexes is the maximum number of SSB indexes of the cell identified by the first PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述SSB索引的最大数量是第二PCI所标识的小区的SSB索引的最大数量以及所述第一PCI所标识的小区的SSB索引的最大数量二者中的较大值。As an embodiment, the maximum number of SSB indexes is the larger value of the maximum number of SSB indexes of cells identified by the second PCI and the maximum number of SSB indexes of cells identified by the first PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述搜索空间#1,所述搜索空间#2,和所述搜索空间#3与所述Q2个控制资源集合中的3个控制资源集合一一对应;根据附图7可知,所述搜索空间#1的监测周期最长,因此应当排在所述搜索空间#2和所述搜索空间#3之后;进一步的,所述搜索空间#2和所述搜索空间#3的监测周期相同,因此要进一步比较二者对应的控制资源集合的控制资源集合标识,对应较高控制资源集合标识的搜索空间(不失一般性,假定所述搜索空间#2对应的控制资源集合标识高于所述搜索空间#3对应的控制资源集合标识)排序在前。根据上述分析,所述短语首先监测周期从短到长、其次控制资源集合标识从高到低的顺序的执行结果是:所述搜索空间#2,所述搜索空间#3,和所述搜索空间#1依次排序。As an embodiment, the search space #1, the search space #2, and the search space #3 are in one-to-one correspondence with the three control resource sets in the Q2 control resource sets; it can be seen from FIG. 7 , the monitoring period of the search space #1 is the longest, so it should be ranked after the search space #2 and the search space #3; further, the monitoring of the search space #2 and the search space #3 The period is the same, so it is necessary to further compare the control resource set identifiers of the corresponding control resource sets of the two, and the search space corresponding to a higher control resource set identifier (without loss of generality, it is assumed that the control resource set identifier corresponding to the search space #2 is higher The control resource set ID corresponding to the search space #3) is sorted first. According to the above analysis, the execution results of the order of the phrases firstly monitoring period from short to long, and secondly controlling resource set identifiers from high to low are: the search space #2, the search space #3, and the search space #1 Sort sequentially.
虽然仅以3个搜索空间为例,上述实施例能够自然扩展到Q2大于3的场景中。Although only three search spaces are taken as an example, the above embodiments can be naturally extended to scenarios where Q2 is greater than three.
作为一个实施例,当一个控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合中的所有TCI状态都不包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源时,所述一个控制资源集合没有被关联到所述第一PCI;当一个控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合中的每个TCI状态都包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源时,所述一个控制资源集合被关联到所述第一PCI。As an embodiment, when all the TCI states in the candidate TCI state set of a control resource set do not include the RS resource associated with the first PCI, the control resource set is not associated with the first PCI PCI: when each TCI state in the set of candidate TCI states of a set of control resources includes RS resources associated with the first PCI, the set of control resources is associated with the first PCI.
作为一个实施例,当一个控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态不包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源时,所述一个控制资源集合没有被关联到所述第一PCI;当一个控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源时,所述一个控制资源集合被关联到所述第一PCI。As an embodiment, when the active TCI state of a control resource set does not include RS resources associated with the first PCI, the control resource set is not associated with the first PCI; when a control resource set The one set of control resources is associated to the first PCI when the active TCI state includes RS resources associated to the first PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述Q1控制资源集合中的每个控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合是被RRC信令配置的。As an embodiment, the candidate TCI state set of each control resource set in the Q1 control resource set is configured by RRC signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述Q1控制资源集合中的每个控制资源集合的所述活跃TCI状态是被一个MAC CE配置的。As an embodiment, the active TCI state of each control resource set in the Q1 control resource set is configured by one MAC CE.
作为一个实施例,对于所述Q1控制资源集合中的每个控制资源集合,如果相应的候选TCI状态集合包括了多个TCI状态,活跃TCI状态是被MAC CE配置的;如果相应的候选TCI状态集合仅包括一个TCI状态,所述相应的候选TCI状态集合是活跃TCI状态。As an embodiment, for each control resource set in the Q1 control resource set, if the corresponding candidate TCI state set includes multiple TCI states, the active TCI state is configured by MAC CE; if the corresponding candidate TCI state A set includes only one TCI state, and the corresponding set of candidate TCI states is the active TCI state.
作为一个实施例,对于所述Q1控制资源集合中的每个控制资源集合,如果相应的候选TCI状态集合包括了多个TCI状态,活跃TCI状态是被DCI(Dynamic Control Information,动态控制信息)配置的。As an embodiment, for each control resource set in the Q1 control resource set, if the corresponding candidate TCI state set includes multiple TCI states, the active TCI state is configured by DCI (Dynamic Control Information, dynamic control information) of.
作为一个实施例,当一个控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合中存在一个TCI状态包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源时,所述一个控制资源集合被关联到所述第一PCI。As an embodiment, when a TCI state in a set of candidate TCI states of a set of control resources includes an RS resource associated with the first PCI, the set of control resources is associated with the first PCI.
作为一个实施例,当一个控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合中的部分TCI状态不包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源,并且所述一个控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合中的部分TCI状态包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源时,一个MAC CE被用于指示所述一个控制资源集合是否被关联到所述第一PCI。As an embodiment, when part of the TCI states in the candidate TCI state set of a control resource set do not include the RS resources associated with the first PCI, and part of the TCI states in the candidate TCI state set of the one control resource set When the state includes RS resources associated to the first PCI, a MAC CE is used to indicate whether the set of control resources is associated to the first PCI.
实施例7AExample 7A
实施例7A示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的确定L个RS资源的流程图,如附图7A所示。附图7A中的步骤S7101是可选的。Embodiment 7A illustrates a flow chart of determining L RS resources according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 7A . Step S7101 in Fig. 7A is optional.
第一节点U01在步骤S7101中确定L;在步骤S7102中从目标RS资源子组中选择L个RS资源。The first node U01 determines L in step S7101; selects L RS resources from the target RS resource subgroup in step S7102.
作为一个实施例,所述目标RS资源子组是第一RS资源子组,所述L不大于所述L1,所述L个RS资源是所述不超过L1个RS资源。As an embodiment, the target RS resource subgroup is the first RS resource subgroup, the L is not greater than the L1, and the L RS resources are the RS resources not exceeding L1.
作为一个实施例,所述目标RS资源子组是第二RS资源子组,所述L不大于所述L2,所述L个RS资源是所述不超过L2个RS资源。As an embodiment, the target RS resource subgroup is the second RS resource subgroup, the L is not greater than the L2, and the L RS resources are the RS resources not exceeding L2.
作为一个实施例,如何从所述目标RS资源子组中选择L个RS资源是UE自行决定的。As an embodiment, how to select L RS resources from the target RS resource subgroup is determined by the UE itself.
作为一个实施例,所述目标RS资源子组中的每个RS资源是一个CORESET(控制资源集合)的活跃TCI状态所包括的一个RS资源;所述第一节点U01按照首先监测周期从短到长、其次控制资源集合标识从高到低的顺序选择RS资源。As an embodiment, each RS resource in the target RS resource subgroup is an RS resource included in the active TCI state of a CORESET (control resource set); the first node U01 follows the first monitoring cycle from short to Long, followed by control resource set identifiers to select RS resources in order from high to low.
下面的实施例8a给出了更具体的实施方式。Example 8a below gives a more specific embodiment.
实施例8Example 8
实施例8示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的一个RS资源在时域上的示意图,如附图8所示。所述一个RS资源是周期性的,附图8中,W1、W2、W3、W4和W5填充的方格代表了所述一个RS资源在时域上的周期性出现的位置。Embodiment 8 illustrates a schematic diagram of an RS resource in the time domain according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 8 . The one RS resource is periodic. In FIG. 8 , the squares filled with W1, W2, W3, W4 and W5 represent the periodic occurrence position of the one RS resource in the time domain.
作为一个实施例,第一节点接收第一MAC CE,所述第一MAC CE指示所述一个RS资源被关联的PCI从第一PCI转变成第二PCI。As an embodiment, the first node receives a first MAC CE, where the first MAC CE indicates that the PCI associated with the one RS resource is changed from the first PCI to the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,附图8中的第一时刻是所述第一MAC CE的接收时刻。As an embodiment, the first moment in FIG. 8 is the receiving moment of the first MAC CE.
作为一个实施例,附图8中的第一时刻是所述第一MAC CE所指示的所述一个RS资源被关联到所述第二PCI的生效时刻。As an embodiment, the first moment in FIG. 8 is the effective moment when the one RS resource indicated by the first MAC CE is associated with the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,作为接收所述第一MAC CE的响应,所述一个RS资源被确定属于第一RS资源组。As an embodiment, as a response to receiving the first MAC CE, the one RS resource is determined to belong to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,第一节点接收第一DCI,所述第一DCI指示所述一个RS资源被关联的PCI从第一PCI转变成第二PCI。As an embodiment, the first node receives the first DCI, where the first DCI indicates that the PCI associated with the one RS resource is changed from the first PCI to the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第一DCI是用于下行授予(Downlink Grant)的DCI。As an embodiment, the first DCI is a DCI for a downlink grant (Downlink Grant).
作为一个实施例,所述第一DCI是组公共(Group Common)DCI。As an embodiment, the first DCI is a group common (Group Common) DCI.
作为一个实施例,附图8中的第一时刻是所述第一DCI的接收时刻。As an embodiment, the first moment in FIG. 8 is the receiving moment of the first DCI.
作为一个实施例,附图8中的第一时刻是所述第一DCI所指示的所述一个RS资源被关联到所述第二PCI的生效时刻。As an embodiment, the first moment in FIG. 8 is the effective moment when the one RS resource indicated by the first DCI is associated with the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,作为接收所述第一MAC CE的响应,所述一个RS资源被确定属于第一RS资源组。As an embodiment, as a response to receiving the first MAC CE, the one RS resource is determined to belong to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述一个RS资源的周期出现中,被关联到所述第一PCI的出现不能被用于评估是否发生无线链路失败。例如附图8中的所述第一时刻之前的W1不能被用于评估是否发生无线链路失败。As an embodiment, among the periodic occurrences of the one RS resource, the occurrences associated with the first PCI cannot be used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs. For example, W1 before the first moment in FIG. 8 cannot be used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点接收第二MAC CE,所述第二MAC CE指示从生效时刻(例如附图8的第二时刻)开始,所述一个RS资源所关联的PCI从所述第二PCI转变成所述第一PCI。As an embodiment, the first node receives a second MAC CE, and the second MAC CE indicates that starting from the effective moment (for example, the second moment of FIG. 8 ), the PCI associated with the one RS resource starts from the The second PCI transitions to the first PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第二时刻之后的W5不能被用于评估是否发生无线链路失败。As an embodiment, W5 after the second moment cannot be used to evaluate whether a wireless link failure occurs.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点接收第二DCI,所述第二DCI指示从生效时刻(例如附图8的第二时刻)开始,所述一个RS资源所关联的PCI从所述第二PCI转变成所述第一PCI。As an embodiment, the first node receives a second DCI, and the second DCI indicates that the PCI associated with the one RS resource starts from the effective moment (for example, the second moment in FIG. The PCI transitions to the first PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第二时刻之后的W5不能被用于评估是否发生无线链路失败。As an embodiment, W5 after the second moment cannot be used to evaluate whether a wireless link failure occurs.
实施例8AExample 8A
实施例8A示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的PDCCH所占用的时域资源的示意图,如附图8A所示。附 图8A中,S1、S2、和S3填充的方格分别属于搜索空间#1,搜索空间#2,和搜索空间#3。Embodiment 8A illustrates a schematic diagram of time domain resources occupied by a PDCCH according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 8A . In Fig. 8A, the squares filled by S1, S2, and S3 belong to search space #1, search space #2, and search space #3, respectively.
实施例8A中,所述第一信令包括Q1个子信令,所述Q1是大于1且不大于64的正整数;所述Q1个子信令分别对应Q1个控制资源集合,所述Q1个子信令中的任一子信令指示对应的控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合;所述Q1个控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态(属于候选TCI状态集合中之一)所包括的RS资源组成了目标RS资源子组;按照首先监测周期从短到长、其次控制资源集合标识从高到低的顺序,从所述目标RS资源子组中选择L个RS资源。In Embodiment 8A, the first signaling includes Q1 sub-signalings, where Q1 is a positive integer greater than 1 and not greater than 64; the Q1 sub-signalings correspond to Q1 control resource sets respectively, and the Q1 sub-signalings Any sub-signaling in the order indicates the candidate TCI state set of the corresponding control resource set; the RS resources included in the active TCI states (belonging to one of the candidate TCI state sets) of the Q1 control resource sets constitute the target RS Resource subgroup: select L RS resources from the target RS resource subgroup according to the order of the monitoring cycle from short to long, and the control resource set ID from high to low.
作为一个实施例,所述Q1是不大于4的正整数。As an embodiment, the Q1 is a positive integer not greater than 4.
作为一个实施例,所述目标RS资源子组是第一RS资源子组,所述L的最大值是L3减去所述不超过L2个RS资源中所包括的RS资源的数量所得到的差值和所述L1二者中的较小值。As an embodiment, the target RS resource subgroup is the first RS resource subgroup, and the maximum value of L is the difference obtained by subtracting the number of RS resources included in the no more than L2 RS resources value and the smaller value of the L1.
作为一个实施例,所述搜索空间#1,所述搜索空间#2,和所述搜索空间#3与所述Q1个控制资源集合中的3个控制资源集合一一对应;根据附图8可知,所述搜索空间#1的监测周期最长,因此应当排在所述搜索空间#2和所述搜索空间#3之后;进一步的,所述搜索空间#2和所述搜索空间#3的监测周期相同,因此要进一步比较二者对应的控制资源集合的控制资源集合标识,对应较高控制资源集合标识的搜索空间(不失一般性,假定所述搜索空间#2对应的控制资源集合标识高于所述搜索空间#3对应的控制资源集合标识)排序在前。根据上述分析,所述短语首先监测周期从短到长、其次控制资源集合标识从高到低的顺序的执行结果是:所述搜索空间#2,所述搜索空间#3,和所述搜索空间#1依次排序。As an embodiment, the search space #1, the search space #2, and the search space #3 are in one-to-one correspondence with the three control resource sets in the Q1 control resource sets; it can be seen from FIG. 8 , the monitoring period of the search space #1 is the longest, so it should be ranked after the search space #2 and the search space #3; further, the monitoring of the search space #2 and the search space #3 The period is the same, so it is necessary to further compare the control resource set identifiers of the corresponding control resource sets of the two, and the search space corresponding to a higher control resource set identifier (without loss of generality, it is assumed that the control resource set identifier corresponding to the search space #2 is higher The control resource set ID corresponding to the search space #3) is sorted first. According to the above analysis, the execution results of the order of the phrases firstly monitoring period from short to long, and secondly controlling resource set identifiers from high to low are: the search space #2, the search space #3, and the search space #1 Sort sequentially.
虽然仅以3个搜索空间为例,上述实施例能够自然扩展到Q1大于3的场景中。Although only three search spaces are taken as an example, the above embodiments can be naturally extended to scenarios where Q1 is greater than three.
作为一个实施例,当一个控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合中的所有TCI状态都不包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源时,所述一个控制资源集合没有被关联到所述第一PCI;当一个控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合中的每个TCI状态都包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源时,所述一个控制资源集合被关联到所述第一PCI。As an embodiment, when all the TCI states in the candidate TCI state set of a control resource set do not include the RS resource associated with the first PCI, the control resource set is not associated with the first PCI PCI: when each TCI state in the set of candidate TCI states of a set of control resources includes RS resources associated with the first PCI, the set of control resources is associated with the first PCI.
作为一个实施例,当一个控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态不包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源时,所述一个控制资源集合没有被关联到所述第一PCI;当一个控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源时,所述一个控制资源集合被关联到所述第一PCI。As an embodiment, when the active TCI state of a control resource set does not include RS resources associated with the first PCI, the control resource set is not associated with the first PCI; when a control resource set The one set of control resources is associated to the first PCI when the active TCI state includes RS resources associated to the first PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述Q1控制资源集合中的每个控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合是被RRC信令配置的。As an embodiment, the candidate TCI state set of each control resource set in the Q1 control resource set is configured by RRC signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述Q1控制资源集合中的每个控制资源集合的所述活跃TCI状态是被一个MAC CE配置的。As an embodiment, the active TCI state of each control resource set in the Q1 control resource set is configured by one MAC CE.
作为一个实施例,对于所述Q1控制资源集合中的每个控制资源集合,如果相应的候选TCI状态集合包括了多个TCI状态,活跃TCI状态是被MAC CE配置的;如果相应的候选TCI状态集合仅包括一个TCI状态,所述相应的候选TCI状态集合是活跃TCI状态。As an embodiment, for each control resource set in the Q1 control resource set, if the corresponding candidate TCI state set includes multiple TCI states, the active TCI state is configured by MAC CE; if the corresponding candidate TCI state A set includes only one TCI state, and the corresponding set of candidate TCI states is the active TCI state.
作为一个实施例,对于所述Q1控制资源集合中的每个控制资源集合,如果相应的候选TCI状态集合包括了多个TCI状态,活跃TCI状态是被DCI(Dynamic Control Information,动态控制信息)配置的。As an embodiment, for each control resource set in the Q1 control resource set, if the corresponding candidate TCI state set includes multiple TCI states, the active TCI state is configured by DCI (Dynamic Control Information, dynamic control information) of.
作为一个实施例,当一个控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合中存在一个TCI状态包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源时,所述一个控制资源集合被关联到所述第一PCI。As an embodiment, when a TCI state in a set of candidate TCI states of a set of control resources includes an RS resource associated with the first PCI, the set of control resources is associated with the first PCI.
作为一个实施例,当一个控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合中的部分TCI状态不包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源,并且所述一个控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合中的部分TCI状态包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源时,一个MAC CE被用于指示所述一个控制资源集合是否被关联到所述第一PCI。As an embodiment, when part of the TCI states in the candidate TCI state set of a control resource set do not include the RS resources associated with the first PCI, and part of the TCI states in the candidate TCI state set of the one control resource set When the state includes RS resources associated to the first PCI, a MAC CE is used to indicate whether the set of control resources is associated to the first PCI.
实施例9Example 9
实施例9示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的传输第三信令的流程图,如附图9所示。 Embodiment 9 illustrates a flow chart of transmitting the third signaling according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 9 .
第一节点U01在步骤S9101中根据第一RS资源组评估是否发生无线链路失败;如果是,作为评估发生无线链路失败的响应,在步骤S9102中发送第三信令;如果否,结束;In step S9101, the first node U01 evaluates whether a radio link failure occurs according to the first RS resource group; if yes, sends a third signaling in step S9102 as a response to assessing the occurrence of radio link failure; if not, ends;
第二节点N02在步骤S9201中接收所述第三信令;The second node N02 receives the third signaling in step S9201;
实施例9中,所述第三信令是更高层信令。In Embodiment 9, the third signaling is higher layer signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第三信令是RRC层信令。As an embodiment, the third signaling is RRC layer signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第三信令是MAC层信令。As an embodiment, the third signaling is MAC layer signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第三信令是包括RRCReestablishmentRequest消息。As an embodiment, the third signaling includes an RRCReestablishmentRequest message.
作为一个实施例,所述第三信令是包括RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest消息。As an embodiment, the third signaling includes an RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message.
作为一个实施例,作为评估发生无线链路失败的响应,所述第一节点U01在所述步骤S9102之前执行小区重选操作。As an embodiment, as a response to assessing the radio link failure, the first node U01 performs a cell reselection operation before the step S9102.
作为一个实施例,作为评估发生无线链路失败的响应,所述第一节点U01在所述步骤S9102之前执行发送PRACH(Physical Random Access CHannel,物理随机接入信道)前导(Preamble)。As an embodiment, as a response to assessing the occurrence of radio link failure, the first node U01 sends a PRACH (Physical Random Access CHannel, Physical Random Access Channel) preamble (Preamble) before the step S9102.
作为一个实施例,所述附图9中的步骤在第一节点中被执行。As an embodiment, the steps in Fig. 9 are executed in the first node.
实施例9AExample 9A
实施例9A示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的传输第三信令的流程图,如附图9A所示。Embodiment 9A illustrates a flow chart of transmitting the third signaling according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 9A .
第一节点U01在步骤S9101a中根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败;如果是,作为评估发生无线链路失败的响应,在步骤S9102a中发送第三信令;如果否,结束;In step S9101a, the first node U01 evaluates whether a radio link failure occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources; if yes, as a response to the radio link failure assessment, it sends a third signaling; if no, end;
第二节点N02在步骤S9201a中接收所述第三信令;The second node N02 receives the third signaling in step S9201a;
实施例9A中,所述第三信令是更高层信令。In Embodiment 9A, the third signaling is higher layer signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第三信令是RRC层信令。As an embodiment, the third signaling is RRC layer signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第三信令是MAC层信令。As an embodiment, the third signaling is MAC layer signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第三信令是包括RRCReestablishmentRequest消息。As an embodiment, the third signaling includes an RRCReestablishmentRequest message.
作为一个实施例,所述第三信令是包括RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest消息。As an embodiment, the third signaling includes an RRCConnectionReestablishmentRequest message.
作为一个实施例,作为评估发生无线链路失败的响应,所述第一节点U01在所述步骤S9102之前执行小区重选操作。As an embodiment, as a response to assessing the radio link failure, the first node U01 performs a cell reselection operation before the step S9102.
作为一个实施例,作为评估发生无线链路失败的响应,所述第一节点U01在所述步骤S9102之前执行发送PRACH(Physical Random Access CHannel,物理随机接入信道)前导(Preamble)。As an embodiment, as a response to assessing the occurrence of radio link failure, the first node U01 sends a PRACH (Physical Random Access CHannel, Physical Random Access Channel) preamble (Preamble) before the step S9102.
作为一个实施例,作为评估发生无线链路失败的响应,所述第一节点U01在所述步骤S9102之前执行接收RAR(Random Access Response,随机接入响应)。As an embodiment, as a response to evaluating that a radio link failure occurs, the first node U01 performs receiving a RAR (Random Access Response, random access response) before the step S9102.
实施例10Example 10
实施例10示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的第一小区与第二小区之间的关系的示意图,如附图10所示。Embodiment 10 illustrates a schematic diagram of a relationship between a first cell and a second cell according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 10 .
作为一个实施例,所述第二节点包括至少所述第一TRP1002;所述第一TRP1002属于所述第一DU1004;所述第一DU1004包括所述第二节点的部分;所述第一TRP1002是所述第二节点中的部分。As an embodiment, the second node includes at least the first TRP1002; the first TRP1002 belongs to the first DU1004; the first DU1004 includes part of the second node; the first TRP1002 is part of the second node.
作为一个实施例,所述第二节点包括至少所述第二TRP1003;所述第二TRP1003属于所述第二DU1005;所述第二DU1005包括所述第二节点的部分;所述第二TRP1003是所述第二节点中的部分。As an embodiment, the second node includes at least the second TRP1003; the second TRP1003 belongs to the second DU1005; the second DU1005 includes a part of the second node; the second TRP1003 is part of the second node.
作为一个实施例,所述第二节点包括所述第一DU1004。As an embodiment, the second node includes the first DU1004.
作为一个实施例,所述第二节点包括所述第二DU1005。As an embodiment, the second node includes the second DU1005.
作为一个实施例,所述第一DU1004包括一个DU(Distributed Unit,分布式单元)。As an embodiment, the first DU 1004 includes a DU (Distributed Unit, distributed unit).
作为一个实施例,所述第二DU1005包括一个DU。As an embodiment, the second DU 1005 includes one DU.
作为一个实施例,所述第一DU1004和所述第二DU1005是同一个DU。As an embodiment, the first DU 1004 and the second DU 1005 are the same DU.
作为一个实施例,所述第一DU1004和所述第二DU1005是两个不同的DU。As an embodiment, the first DU 1004 and the second DU 1005 are two different DUs.
作为一个实施例,所述第一TRP1002的波束和所述第二TRP1003的波束对应同一个CORESET。As an example, the beam of the first TRP1002 and the beam of the second TRP1003 correspond to the same CORESET.
作为一个实施例,所述第一TRP1002的波束和所述第二TRP1003的波束对应不同的CORESET。As an example, the beam of the first TRP1002 and the beam of the second TRP1003 correspond to different CORESETs.
作为一个实施例,所述第一小区1006关联到所述第二节点。As an embodiment, the first cell 1006 is associated with the second node.
作为一个实施例,所述第一小区1006关联到所述第二节点中的一个或多个波束。As an embodiment, the first cell 1006 is associated with one or more beams in the second node.
作为一个实施例,所述第一小区1006关联到所述第一TRP1002的一个或多个波束。As an embodiment, the first cell 1006 is associated with one or more beams of the first TRP 1002 .
作为一个实施例,所述第一小区1006的维持基站是所述第二节点。As an embodiment, the base station maintaining the first cell 1006 is the second node.
作为一个实施例,所述第一小区1006是一个物理小区。As an embodiment, the first cell 1006 is a physical cell.
作为一个实施例,所述第一小区1006是所述第一节点1001的服务小区,所述服务小区是指PCell或者PSCell或者一个SCell。As an embodiment, the first cell 1006 is a serving cell of the first node 1001, and the serving cell refers to a PCell or a PSCell or an SCell.
作为一个实施例,所述第二小区1007关联到所述第二节点。As an embodiment, the second cell 1007 is associated with the second node.
作为一个实施例,所述第二小区1007关联到所述第二节点中的一个或多个波束。As an embodiment, the second cell 1007 is associated with one or more beams in the second node.
作为一个实施例,所述第二小区1007关联到所述第二TRP1003的一个或多个波束。As an embodiment, the second cell 1007 is associated with one or more beams of the second TRP 1003 .
作为一个实施例,所述第二小区1007的维持基站是所述第二节点。As an embodiment, the maintenance base station of the second cell 1007 is the second node.
作为一个实施例,所述第二小区1007是一个物理小区。As an embodiment, the second cell 1007 is a physical cell.
作为一个实施例,所述第二小区1007在所述第一小区之上提供额外的物理资源。As an embodiment, the second cell 1007 provides additional physical resources on the first cell.
作为一个实施例,所述第二小区1007是被配置的一个用于L1/L2mobility的候选小区。As an embodiment, the second cell 1007 is a configured candidate cell for L1/L2 mobility.
作为一个实施例,所述第一小区1006和所述第二小区1007是同频的。As an embodiment, the first cell 1006 and the second cell 1007 have the same frequency.
作为一个实施例,所述第一小区1006和所述第二小区1007是异频的。As an embodiment, the first cell 1006 and the second cell 1007 have different frequencies.
作为一个实施例,被所述第二PCI标识的小区是所述第一小区1006;被所述第一PCI标识的小区是所述第二小区1007。As an embodiment, the cell identified by the second PCI is the first cell 1006 ; the cell identified by the first PCI is the second cell 1007 .
作为一个实施例,被所述第二PCI标识的小区是所述第二小区1007;被所述第一PCI标识的小区是所述第一小区1006。As an embodiment, the cell identified by the second PCI is the second cell 1007 ; the cell identified by the first PCI is the first cell 1006 .
作为一个实施例,所述第一小区1006是所述第一节点1001的主小区,所述第二小区1007是所述第一节点1001的主小区的一个相邻小区。As an embodiment, the first cell 1006 is the primary cell of the first node 1001 , and the second cell 1007 is a neighboring cell of the primary cell of the first node 1001 .
作为一个实施例,所述第一小区1006属于所述第一节点1001的服务小区,所述第二小区1007不属于所述第一节点1001的服务小区。As an embodiment, the first cell 1006 belongs to the serving cell of the first node 1001 , and the second cell 1007 does not belong to the serving cell of the first node 1001 .
作为一个实施例,所述第一小区1006包括所述第一节点1001的服务小区,所述第二小区1007包括所述第一小区1006的一个相邻小区。As an embodiment, the first cell 1006 includes a serving cell of the first node 1001 , and the second cell 1007 includes a neighboring cell of the first cell 1006 .
作为一个实施例,所述第一小区1006包括所述第一节点1001的服务小区,所述第二小区1007包括所述第一节点1001的非服务小区。As an embodiment, the first cell 1006 includes a serving cell of the first node 1001 , and the second cell 1007 includes a non-serving cell of the first node 1001 .
作为一个实施例,所述第二小区1007被配置时,所述第一节点1001与所述第一小区1006保持RRC连接;所述第二小区1007被应用时,所述第一节点1001的服务小区标识不变。As an example, when the second cell 1007 is configured, the first node 1001 maintains an RRC connection with the first cell 1006; when the second cell 1007 is deployed, the service of the first node 1001 The cell ID remains unchanged.
作为该实施例的一个子实施例,所述短语所述第一节点1001的服务小区保持不变包括:所述第一节点1001的RRC层,或者PDCP层,或者RLC层,或者MAC层,或者PHY层中的至少之一的协议栈(protocol stack)不需要重定位(relocation)。As a sub-embodiment of this embodiment, the phrase that the serving cell of the first node 1001 remains unchanged includes: the RRC layer of the first node 1001, or the PDCP layer, or the RLC layer, or the MAC layer, or At least one of the protocol stacks in the PHY layer does not require relocation.
作为该实施例的一个子实施例,所述短语所述第一节点1001的服务小区保持不变包括:所述第一节点1001的RRC连接保持不变。As a sub-embodiment of this embodiment, the phrase that the serving cell of the first node 1001 remains unchanged includes: the RRC connection of the first node 1001 remains unchanged.
作为该实施例的一个子实施例,所述短语所述第一节点1001的服务小区保持不变包括:所述第一节点1001的服务小区标识保持不变。As a sub-embodiment of this embodiment, the phrase that the serving cell of the first node 1001 remains unchanged includes: the identity of the serving cell of the first node 1001 remains unchanged.
作为该实施例的一个子实施例,所述短语所述第一节点1001的服务小区保持不变包括:所述第一节点1001的ServingCellConfigCommon配置中的全部或者部分配置保持不变。As a sub-embodiment of this embodiment, the phrase that the serving cell of the first node 1001 remains unchanged includes: all or part of the configuration in the ServingCellConfigCommon configuration of the first node 1001 remains unchanged.
作为该实施例的一个子实施例,所述短语所述第一节点1001的服务小区保持不变包括:所述第一节点1001的ServingCellConfigCommonSIB配置中的全部或者部分配置保持不变。As a sub-embodiment of this embodiment, the phrase that the serving cell of the first node 1001 remains unchanged includes: all or part of the configuration in the ServingCellConfigCommonSIB configuration of the first node 1001 remains unchanged.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点1001在所述第一小区1006和所述第二小区1007之间移动时,所述第一节点1001的服务小区保持不变。As an embodiment, when the first node 1001 moves between the first cell 1006 and the second cell 1007, the serving cell of the first node 1001 remains unchanged.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点1001与所述第一小区1006之间有RRC连接,所述第一节点1001与所述第二小区1007之间没有RRC连接。As an embodiment, there is an RRC connection between the first node 1001 and the first cell 1006, and there is no RRC connection between the first node 1001 and the second cell 1007.
作为一个实施例,箭头1008表示BCCH,或者寻呼(paging)信号,或者系统信息中的至少之一。As an embodiment, the arrow 1008 represents at least one of BCCH, or a paging (paging) signal, or system information.
作为一个实施例,箭头1009表示PUSCH或者PDSCH或者PDCCH中的至少之一。As an embodiment, the arrow 1009 represents at least one of PUSCH, PDSCH or PDCCH.
作为一个实施例,箭头1010表示PUSCH或者PDSCH或者PDCCH中的至少之一。As an embodiment, the arrow 1010 represents at least one of PUSCH, PDSCH or PDCCH.
作为一个实施例,在所述行为执行第一动作集合之前,所述第一节点1001监听第二PDCCH,所述第二PDCCH关联到所述被所述第二PCI标识的小区的C-RNTI(Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier,小区无线网络临时标识);在所述行为执行第一动作集合之后,所述第一节点1001监听第一PDCCH,所述第一PDCCH关联到所述被所述第一PCI标识的小区的C-RNTI。As an embodiment, before the behavior performs the first set of actions, the first node 1001 monitors the second PDCCH, and the second PDCCH is associated with the C-RNTI of the cell identified by the second PCI ( Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier, Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier); after the behavior executes the first set of actions, the first node 1001 monitors the first PDCCH, and the first PDCCH is associated with the first PCI C-RNTI of the identified cell.
作为一个实施例,在所述行为执行第一动作集合之前,所述第一节点1001的PUSCH资源或者PDSCH资源关联到所述被所述第二PCI标识的小区;在所述行为执行第一动作集合之后,所述第一节点1001的 PUSCH资源或者PDSCH资源关联到所述被所述第一PCI标识的小区。As an embodiment, before performing the first action set in the behavior, the PUSCH resource or PDSCH resource of the first node 1001 is associated with the cell identified by the second PCI; the first action is performed in the behavior After aggregation, the PUSCH resource or PDSCH resource of the first node 1001 is associated with the cell identified by the first PCI.
作为一个实施例,在所述行为执行第一动作集合之前,所述第一节点1001的PUSCH资源或者PDSCH资源关联到所述被所述第二PCI标识的小区;在所述行为执行第一动作集合之后,所述第一节点1001的PUSCH资源或者PDSCH资源关联到所述被所述第一PCI标识的小区和所述被所述第二PCI标识的小区。As an embodiment, before performing the first action set in the behavior, the PUSCH resource or PDSCH resource of the first node 1001 is associated with the cell identified by the second PCI; the first action is performed in the behavior After aggregation, the PUSCH resource or PDSCH resource of the first node 1001 is associated with the cell identified by the first PCI and the cell identified by the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点在所述被所述第一PCI标识的小区中的PUSCH或者PDSCH和所述第一节点在所述被所述第一PCI标识的小区中的PUSCH或者PDSCH关联到两个不同的RNTI(Radio Network Temporary Identifier,无线网络临时标识)。As an embodiment, the PUSCH or PDSCH of the first node in the cell identified by the first PCI and the PUSCH or PDSCH of the first node in the cell identified by the first PCI Associated with two different RNTI (Radio Network Temporary Identifier, wireless network temporary identifier).
作为一个实施例,箭头1009和箭头1010中的之一存在。As one example, one of arrow 1009 and arrow 1010 exists.
作为一个实施例,箭头1009和箭头1010同时存在。As an example, arrow 1009 and arrow 1010 exist at the same time.
实施例11Example 11
实施例11示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的上报周期和评估周期的示意图,如附图11所示。在附图11中,横轴表示时间,T1、T4和T5是时间上递增的三个时刻,所述T1时刻、所述T4时刻和所述T5时刻是(如果第一类指示的生成条件被满足)第一类指示被上报的时刻,所述T1时刻、所述T4时刻和所述T5时刻的任意两个相邻时刻之间的时间间隔相等,所述T1时刻、所述T4时刻和所述T5时刻的两个相邻时刻之间的时间间隔等于所述上报周期;T2和T3是时间上递增的两个时刻,所述T2时刻和所述T3时刻之间的时间间隔等于所述评估周期。Embodiment 11 illustrates a schematic diagram of a reporting cycle and an evaluation cycle according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 11 . In accompanying drawing 11, the horizontal axis represents time, and T1, T4 and T5 are three time increments in time, and described T1 moment, described T4 moment and described T5 moment are (if the generation condition of the first type instruction is set Satisfying) the time when the first type indicates the reported time, the time interval between any two adjacent moments of the T1 time, the T4 time and the T5 time is equal, the T1 time, the T4 time and the T5 time The time interval between two adjacent moments of the T5 moment is equal to the reporting period; T2 and T3 are two incremental moments in time, and the time interval between the T2 moment and the T3 moment is equal to the evaluation cycle.
作为一个实施例,所述第一类指示是out-of-sync或者in-sync。As an embodiment, the first type of indication is out-of-sync or in-sync.
作为一个实施例,所述行为根据第一RS资源组评估是否发生无线链路失败包括在每个评估周期中执行根据第一RS资源组评估是否发生失步和是否保持同步。As an embodiment, the behavior of evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs according to the first RS resource group includes performing, in each evaluation period, evaluating whether synchronization is lost and whether synchronization is maintained according to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述行为根据第一RS资源组评估是否发生无线链路失败包括:在每个上报周期中,如果发生失步,向更高层上报out-of-sync,如果保持同步,向更高层上报in-sync。As an embodiment, the behavior of evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs according to the first RS resource group includes: in each reporting period, if out-of-sync occurs, report out-of-sync to a higher layer, and if synchronization is maintained, report out-of-sync to a higher layer Higher layers report in-sync.
作为一个实施例,所述T2时刻不小于所述T1时刻;所述T3时刻不大于所述T4时刻。As an embodiment, the time T2 is not less than the time T1; the time T3 is not greater than the time T4.
作为一个实施例,在每个所述上报周期内都存在一个所述评估周期。As an embodiment, there is one evaluation period in each reporting period.
作为一个实施例,在所述T2时刻与所述T3时刻之间的时间间隔内,根据所述第一RS资源组评估无线链路质量。As an embodiment, within a time interval between the time T2 and the time T3, radio link quality is evaluated according to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述T1时刻和所述T4时刻是任意两个相邻的上报时刻。As an embodiment, the time T1 and the time T4 are any two adjacent reporting times.
作为一个实施例,上一次所述第一类指示被上报的时刻与所述上报周期被用于确定本次所述第一类指示被上报的时刻。As an embodiment, the time when the first type of indication was reported last time and the reporting period are used to determine the time when the first type of indication is reported this time.
作为一个实施例,每个上报周期,如果根据所述第一RS资源组评估的所述无线链路质量比第一阈值差,所述第一节点的物理层向所述第一节点的更高层上报一个out-of-sync。As an embodiment, in each reporting period, if the quality of the radio link evaluated according to the first RS resource group is worse than the first threshold, the physical layer of the first node reports to the higher layer of the first node Report an out-of-sync.
作为一个实施例,每个上报周期,如果根据所述第一RS资源组评估的所述无线链路质量比第二阈值好,所述第一节点的物理层向所述第一节点的更高层上报一个in-sync。As an embodiment, in each reporting period, if the quality of the radio link evaluated according to the first RS resource group is better than the second threshold, the physical layer of the first node reports to the higher layer of the first node Report an in-sync.
作为一个实施例,所述评估周期不大于所述上报周期。As an embodiment, the evaluation period is not longer than the reporting period.
作为一个实施例,所述评估周期等于所述上报周期。As an embodiment, the evaluation period is equal to the reporting period.
作为一个实施例,所述评估周期小于所述上报周期。As an embodiment, the evaluation period is shorter than the reporting period.
作为一个实施例,所述T3时刻与所述T4时刻相同。As an embodiment, the time T3 is the same as the time T4.
作为一个实施例,所述T3时刻与所述T4时刻不同。As an example, the time T3 is different from the time T4.
实施例11aExample 11a
实施例11a示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的上报周期和评估周期的示意图,如附图11a所示。在附图11a中,横轴表示时间,T1、T4和T5是时间上递增的三个时刻,所述T1时刻、所述T4时刻和所述T5时刻是(如果第一类指示的生成条件被满足)第一类指示被上报的时刻,所述T1时刻、所述T4时刻和所述T5时刻的任意两个相邻时刻之间的时间间隔相等,所述T1时刻、所述T4时刻和所述T5时刻的两个相邻时刻之间的时间间隔等于所述上报周期;T2和T3是时间上递增的两个时刻,所述T2时刻和所述T3时刻之间的时间间隔等于所述评估周期。Embodiment 11a illustrates a schematic diagram of a reporting period and an evaluation period according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 11a . In accompanying drawing 11a, the horizontal axis represents time, and T1, T4 and T5 are three time increments in time, and the T1 time, the T4 time and the T5 time are (if the generation condition of the first type indication is set Satisfying) the time when the first type indicates the reported time, the time interval between any two adjacent moments of the T1 time, the T4 time and the T5 time is equal, the T1 time, the T4 time and the T5 time The time interval between two adjacent moments of the T5 moment is equal to the reporting period; T2 and T3 are two incremental moments in time, and the time interval between the T2 moment and the T3 moment is equal to the evaluation cycle.
作为一个实施例,所述第一类指示是out-of-sync或者in-sync。As an embodiment, the first type of indication is out-of-sync or in-sync.
作为一个实施例,所述行为根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失 败包括在每个评估周期中执行根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生失步和是否保持同步。As an embodiment, the behavior evaluates whether a wireless link failure occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources includes performing an The resource evaluates whether out-of-synchronization has occurred and whether it has remained in sync.
作为一个实施例,所述行为根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败包括在每个评估周期中确定所述不超过L1个RS资源和所述不超过L2个RS资源。As an embodiment, the behavior evaluates whether a wireless link failure occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources, including determining the no more than L1 RS resources and the no more than L2 RS resources.
作为一个实施例,所述不超过L1个RS资源和所述不超过L2个RS资源在每个评估周期中是可变的。As an embodiment, the no more than L1 RS resources and the no more than L2 RS resources are variable in each evaluation cycle.
作为一个实施例,所述行为根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败包括:在每个上报周期中,如果发生失步,向更高层上报out-of-sync,如果保持同步,向更高层上报in-sync。As an embodiment, the behavior assessing whether a radio link failure occurs based on no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources includes: in each reporting cycle, if out-of-synchronization occurs, report an out-of to a higher layer -sync, if synchronization is maintained, report in-sync to a higher layer.
作为一个实施例,所述T2时刻不小于所述T1时刻;所述T3时刻不大于所述T4时刻。As an embodiment, the time T2 is not less than the time T1; the time T3 is not greater than the time T4.
作为一个实施例,在每个所述上报周期内都存在一个所述评估周期。As an embodiment, there is one evaluation period in each reporting period.
作为一个实施例,在所述T2时刻与所述T3时刻之间的时间间隔内,根据所述第一RS资源组评估无线链路质量。As an embodiment, within a time interval between the time T2 and the time T3, radio link quality is evaluated according to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述T1时刻和所述T4时刻是任意两个相邻的上报时刻。As an embodiment, the time T1 and the time T4 are any two adjacent reporting times.
作为一个实施例,上一次所述第一类指示被上报的时刻与所述上报周期被用于确定本次所述第一类指示被上报的时刻。As an embodiment, the time when the first type of indication was reported last time and the reporting period are used to determine the time when the first type of indication is reported this time.
作为一个实施例,每个上报周期,如果根据所述第一RS资源组评估的所述无线链路质量比第一阈值差,所述第一节点的物理层向所述第一节点的更高层上报一个out-of-sync。As an embodiment, in each reporting period, if the quality of the radio link evaluated according to the first RS resource group is worse than the first threshold, the physical layer of the first node reports to the higher layer of the first node Report an out-of-sync.
作为一个实施例,每个上报周期,如果根据所述第一RS资源组评估的所述无线链路质量比第二阈值好,所述第一节点的物理层向所述第一节点的更高层上报一个in-sync。As an embodiment, in each reporting period, if the quality of the radio link evaluated according to the first RS resource group is better than the second threshold, the physical layer of the first node reports to the higher layer of the first node Report an in-sync.
作为一个实施例,所述评估周期不大于所述上报周期。As an embodiment, the evaluation period is not longer than the reporting period.
作为一个实施例,所述评估周期等于所述上报周期。As an embodiment, the evaluation period is equal to the reporting period.
作为一个实施例,所述评估周期小于所述上报周期。As an embodiment, the evaluation period is shorter than the reporting period.
作为一个实施例,所述T3时刻与所述T4时刻相同。As an embodiment, the time T3 is the same as the time T4.
作为一个实施例,所述T3时刻与所述T4时刻不同。As an example, the time T3 is different from the time T4.
实施例12Example 12
实施例12示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的用于第一节点中的处理装置的结构框图;如附图12所示。在附图12中,第一节点中的处理装置1200包括第一接收机1201和第一发射机1202。Embodiment 12 illustrates a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a first node according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 12 . In FIG. 12 , the processing device 1200 in the first node includes a first receiver 1201 and a first transmitter 1202 .
第一接收机1201,接收第一信令集合,所述第一信令集合包括至少第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合包括至少一个TCI状态;根据第一RS资源组评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述第一RS资源组中包括至少一个RS资源;The first receiver 1201 receives a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate TCI state set of a first control resource set, the The candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes at least one TCI state; evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs according to a first RS resource group, and the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource;
实施例12中,所述第一控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态是第一TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中的一个TCI状态;所述第一TCI状态指示至少第一RS资源;至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组,所述第一节点没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS。In Embodiment 12, the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state, and the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set; The first TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource; at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS.
作为一个实施例,所述句子至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合是否包括被关联到第一PCI的RS资源被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组。As an embodiment, the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set Whether the RS resource associated to the first PCI is included is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,如果所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中每个TCI状态所包括的RS资源未被关联到第一PCI,所述第一RS资源属于所述第一RS资源组;如果所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中每个TCI状态所包括的RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第一RS资源不属于所述第一RS资源组。As an embodiment, if the RS resource included in each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set is not associated with the first PCI, the first RS resource belongs to the first RS Resource group; if the RS resource included in each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set is associated with the first PCI, the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group .
作为一个实施例,所述第一接收机1201,接收第二信令,所述第二信令包括所述第一控制资源集合的标识和一个TCI状态的标识;其中,所述句子至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中TCI状态的标识为所述第二信令所包括的所述一个TCI状态的标识的那个TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是否包括被关联到第一PCI的RS资源被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组;所述第二信令指示 所述第一TCI状态被应用于所述第一控制资源集合。As an embodiment, the first receiver 1201 receives second signaling, where the second signaling includes an identifier of the first control resource set and an identifier of a TCI state; wherein, the sentence is at least the The first signaling being used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set The TCI state identified as the identity of the one TCI state included in the second signaling, whether the first TCI state includes an RS resource associated to the first PCI is used to determine the first RS resource Whether it belongs to the first RS resource group; the second signaling indicates that the first TCI state is applied to the first set of control resources.
作为一个实施例,所述句子所述第一TCI状态是否包括被关联到第一PCI的RS资源被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:如果所述第一TCI状态不包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源,所述第一RS资源属于所述第一RS资源组;如果所述第一TCI状态包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源,所述第一RS资源不属于所述第一RS资源组。As an embodiment, the sentence whether the first TCI status includes RS resources associated to the first PCI is used to determine whether the first RS resources belong to the first RS resource group includes: if the first A TCI state does not include an RS resource associated to the first PCI, and the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; if the first TCI state includes an RS associated to the first PCI resource, the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一接收机1201,作为接收所述第二信令的响应,进入RRC空闲状态。As an embodiment, the first receiver 1201 enters an RRC idle state as a response to receiving the second signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述行为进入RRC空闲状态包括释放RRC连接,释放缓存等操作。As an embodiment, the behavior of entering the RRC idle state includes operations such as releasing the RRC connection and releasing the cache.
作为一个实施例,所述第一接收机1201,作为接收所述第二信令的响应,从第一协议层向第二协议层传递第一通知;As an embodiment, the first receiver 1201, as a response to receiving the second signaling, transmits the first notification from the first protocol layer to the second protocol layer;
其中,所述第二协议层在所述第一协议层之上,所述第二信令是所述第一协议层的信令,所述第一通知被所述第二协议层用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组。Wherein, the second protocol layer is above the first protocol layer, the second signaling is the signaling of the first protocol layer, and the first notification is used by the second protocol layer to determine Whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一协议层是MAC层,所述第二协议层是RRC层,所述第二信令是一个MAC CE。As an embodiment, the first protocol layer is a MAC layer, the second protocol layer is an RRC layer, and the second signaling is a MAC CE.
作为一个实施例,所述第一协议层是物理(PHY,L1)层,所述第二协议层是RRC层,所述第二信令是一个DCI。As an embodiment, the first protocol layer is a physical (PHY, L1) layer, the second protocol layer is an RRC layer, and the second signaling is a DCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令集合包括Q1个信令,所述Q1是大于1且不大于64的正整数;所述Q1个信令分别对应Q1个控制资源集合,所述Q1个信令中的任一信令指示对应的控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合;所述第一信令是所述Q1个信令中的一个信令,所述第一控制资源集合是所述Q1个控制资源集合中对应所述第一信令的那个控制资源集合;按照首先监测周期从短到长、其次控制资源集合标识从高到低的顺序,仅当在Q2个控制资源集合中排序在所述第一控制资源集合之前的控制资源集合的数量不超过第一数值减1所得的差时,所述第一信令才被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组;所述Q2个控制资源集合是由所述Q1个控制资源集合中没有被关联到所述第一PCI的所有控制资源集合组成,所述第一数值是不小于2且不大于64的正整数。As an embodiment, the first signaling set includes Q1 signaling, and the Q1 is a positive integer greater than 1 and not greater than 64; the Q1 signaling respectively corresponds to Q1 control resource sets, and the Q1 Any signaling in the signaling indicates the candidate TCI state set of the corresponding control resource set; the first signaling is one of the Q1 signalings, and the first control resource set is the Q1 The control resource set corresponding to the first signaling in the control resource sets; according to the order of the first monitoring cycle from short to long, followed by the order of control resource set identifiers from high to low, only when the Q2 control resource sets are sorted in When the number of control resource sets before the first control resource set does not exceed the difference obtained by subtracting 1 from the first value, the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS Resource group: the Q2 control resource sets are composed of all the control resource sets in the Q1 control resource sets that are not associated with the first PCI, and the first value is not less than 2 and not greater than 64 positive integer.
作为一个实施例,所述第一发射机1202,作为评估发生无线链路失败的响应,发送第三信令;As an embodiment, the first transmitter 1202 sends a third signaling as a response to assessing the occurrence of a wireless link failure;
其中,所述第三信令包括用于RRC重建请求的RRC信令。Wherein, the third signaling includes RRC signaling for RRC reestablishment request.
作为一个实施例,所述第一接收机1201包括本申请附图4中的天线452,接收器454,多天线接收处理器458,接收处理器456,控制器/处理器459,存储器460和数据源467。As an embodiment, the first receiver 1201 includes the antenna 452, receiver 454, multi-antenna receiving processor 458, receiving processor 456, controller/processor 459, memory 460 and data Source 467.
作为一个实施例,所述第一接收机1201包括本申请附图4中的天线452,接收器454,多天线接收处理器458,接收处理器456。As an embodiment, the first receiver 1201 includes an antenna 452, a receiver 454, a multi-antenna receiving processor 458, and a receiving processor 456 in FIG. 4 of this application.
作为一个实施例,所述第一接收机1201包括本申请附图4中的天线452,接收器454,接收处理器456。As an embodiment, the first receiver 1201 includes an antenna 452 , a receiver 454 , and a receiving processor 456 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
作为一个实施例,所述第一发射机1202包括本申请附图4中的天线452,发射器454,多天线发射处理器457,发射处理器468,控制器/处理器459,存储器460和数据源467。As an embodiment, the first transmitter 1202 includes the antenna 452 in the accompanying drawing 4 of this application, the transmitter 454, the multi-antenna transmission processor 457, the transmission processor 468, the controller/processor 459, the memory 460 and the data Source 467.
作为一个实施例,所述第一发射机1202包括本申请附图4中的天线452,发射器454,多天线发射处理器457,发射处理器468。As an embodiment, the first transmitter 1202 includes the antenna 452, the transmitter 454, the multi-antenna transmission processor 457, and the transmission processor 468 in FIG. 4 of this application.
作为一个实施例,所述第一发射机1202包括本申请附图4中的天线452,发射器454,发射处理器468。As an embodiment, the first transmitter 1202 includes the antenna 452, the transmitter 454, and the transmitting processor 468 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
实施例12AExample 12A
实施例12A示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的用于第一节点中的处理装置的结构框图;如附图12所示。在附图12中,第一节点中的处理装置1200包括第一接收机1201和第一发射机1202。Embodiment 12A illustrates a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a first node according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 12 . In FIG. 12 , the processing device 1200 in the first node includes a first receiver 1201 and a first transmitter 1202 .
第一接收机1201,接收第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一RS资源组,所述第一RS资源组包括第一RS资源子组和第二RS资源子组;所述第一RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第二RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第二PCI;The first receiver 1201 receives first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS resource group, where the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a second RS resource subgroup; Each RS resource in the first subgroup of RS resources is associated to a first PCI, and each RS resource in the second subgroup of RS resources is associated to a second PCI;
所述第一接收机1201,根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述不超过L1个RS资源是所述第一RS资源子组的子集,所述不超过L2个RS资源是所述第二RS资源子组的子集;The first receiver 1201 evaluates whether a wireless link failure occurs according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources, and the no more than L1 RS resources are a subset of the first RS resource subset , the no more than L2 RS resources are a subset of the second RS resource subset;
实施例12A中,所述L1依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量二者中的至少前者,所述第一小区被所述第一PCI标识;所述L2依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量二者中的至少后者,所述第二小区被所述第二PCI标识。In Embodiment 12A, the L1 depends on at least the former of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell, the first cell is identified by the first PCI; Said L2 depends on at least the latter of a maximum number of SSB indices for a first cell and a maximum number of SSB indices for a second cell, said second cell being identified by said second PCI.
作为一个实施例,用于评估是否发生无线链路失败的RS资源的数量不超过L3;所述L3小于所述L1加上所述L2的和,所述L3依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量。As an embodiment, the number of RS resources used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the L3 is smaller than the sum of the L1 plus the L2, and the L3 depends on the SSB index of the first cell Maximum number and maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
作为一个实施例,第一节点中的处理装置1200包括:As an embodiment, the processing device 1200 in the first node includes:
第一发射机1202,发送第一消息;The first transmitter 1202, sends a first message;
其中,用于评估是否发生无线链路失败的RS资源的数量不超过L3;所述第一消息指示所述L3。Wherein, the number of RS resources used for evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the first message indicates the L3.
作为一个实施例,所述不超过L1个RS资源中所包括的RS资源的数量不小于第一保留值,所述不超过L2个RS资源中所包括的RS资源的数量不小于第二保留值。As an embodiment, the number of RS resources included in the no more than L1 RS resources is not less than the first reserved value, and the number of RS resources included in the no more than L2 RS resources is not less than the second reserved value .
作为一个实施例,所述第一接收机1201,从所述第一RS资源子组中选择不超过L1个RS资源,从所述第二RS资源子组中选择不超过L2个RS资源;其中,所述第一RS资源子组中被关联到所述第一PCI的所述RS资源的数量大于所述L1,所述第二RS资源子组中被关联到所述第二PCI的所述RS资源的数量大于所述L2。As an embodiment, the first receiver 1201 selects no more than L1 RS resources from the first RS resource subgroup, and selects no more than L2 RS resources from the second RS resource subgroup; wherein , the number of the RS resources associated to the first PCI in the first RS resource subgroup is greater than the L1, the number of the RS resources associated to the second PCI in the second RS resource subgroup The number of RS resources is greater than the L2.
作为一个实施例,所述第一接收机1201,接收第二信令,所述第二信令被用于指示第一RS资源组中的至少一个RS资源被关联到的PCI;其中,所述第一信令是RRC层消息,所述第二信令是RRC层之下的协议层的消息,所述行为接收第二信令在所述行为根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败之前;所述第一RS资源组中的所述至少一个RS资源被关联到的所述PCI是所述第一PCI和所述第二PCI二者中之一。As an embodiment, the first receiver 1201 receives second signaling, where the second signaling is used to indicate the PCI to which at least one RS resource in the first RS resource group is associated; wherein, the The first signaling is an RRC layer message, the second signaling is a protocol layer message under the RRC layer, and the behavior of receiving the second signaling is based on the behavior not exceeding L1 RS resources and not exceeding L2 Before RS resource evaluation occurs, whether a radio link failure occurs; the PCI to which the at least one RS resource in the first RS resource group is associated is one of the first PCI and the second PCI .
作为一个实施例,第一发射机1202,作为根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估发生无线链路失败的响应,发送第三信令;其中,所述第三信令是更高层信令。As an embodiment, the first transmitter 1202 sends the third signaling as a response to the occurrence of wireless link failure according to the assessment of no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources; wherein, the third signaling is Higher layer signaling.
作为一个实施例,所述第一接收机1201,作为根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估发生无线链路失败的响应,进入RRC空闲(RRC_IDLE)状态。As an embodiment, the first receiver 1201 enters the RRC idle (RRC_IDLE) state as a response to the occurrence of radio link failure according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources.
作为一个实施例,所述行为进入RRC空闲状态包括释放RRC连接,释放缓存等操作。As an embodiment, the behavior of entering the RRC idle state includes operations such as releasing the RRC connection and releasing the cache.
作为一个实施例,所述第一接收机1201,作为接收所述第二信令的响应,从第一协议层向第二协议层传递第一通知;As an embodiment, the first receiver 1201, as a response to receiving the second signaling, transmits the first notification from the first protocol layer to the second protocol layer;
其中,所述第二协议层在所述第一协议层之上,所述第二信令是所述第一协议层的信令,所述第一通知被所述第二协议层用于确定重新选择所述不超过L1个RS资源和所述不超过L2个RS资源。Wherein, the second protocol layer is above the first protocol layer, the second signaling is the signaling of the first protocol layer, and the first notification is used by the second protocol layer to determine Reselecting the no more than L1 RS resources and the no more than L2 RS resources.
作为一个实施例,所述第一协议层是MAC层,所述第二协议层是RRC层,所述第二信令是一个MAC CE。As an embodiment, the first protocol layer is a MAC layer, the second protocol layer is an RRC layer, and the second signaling is a MAC CE.
作为一个实施例,所述第一协议层是物理(PHY,L1)层,所述第二协议层是RRC层,所述第二信令是一个DCI。As an embodiment, the first protocol layer is a physical (PHY, L1) layer, the second protocol layer is an RRC layer, and the second signaling is a DCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第一接收机1201包括本申请附图4中的天线452,接收器454,多天线接收处理器458,接收处理器456,控制器/处理器459,存储器460和数据源467。As an embodiment, the first receiver 1201 includes the antenna 452, receiver 454, multi-antenna receiving processor 458, receiving processor 456, controller/processor 459, memory 460 and data Source 467.
作为一个实施例,所述第一接收机1201包括本申请附图4中的天线452,接收器454,多天线接收处理器458,接收处理器456。As an embodiment, the first receiver 1201 includes an antenna 452, a receiver 454, a multi-antenna receiving processor 458, and a receiving processor 456 in FIG. 4 of this application.
作为一个实施例,所述第一接收机1201包括本申请附图4中的天线452,接收器454,接收处理器456。As an embodiment, the first receiver 1201 includes an antenna 452 , a receiver 454 , and a receiving processor 456 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
作为一个实施例,所述第一发射机1202包括本申请附图4中的天线452,发射器454,多天线发射处理器457,发射处理器468,控制器/处理器459,存储器460和数据源467。As an embodiment, the first transmitter 1202 includes the antenna 452 in the accompanying drawing 4 of this application, the transmitter 454, the multi-antenna transmission processor 457, the transmission processor 468, the controller/processor 459, the memory 460 and the data Source 467.
作为一个实施例,所述第一发射机1202包括本申请附图4中的天线452,发射器454,多天线发射处理器457,发射处理器468。As an embodiment, the first transmitter 1202 includes the antenna 452, the transmitter 454, the multi-antenna transmission processor 457, and the transmission processor 468 in FIG. 4 of this application.
作为一个实施例,所述第一发射机1202包括本申请附图4中的天线452,发射器454,发射处理器468。As an embodiment, the first transmitter 1202 includes the antenna 452, the transmitter 454, and the transmitting processor 468 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
实施例13Example 13
实施例13示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的用于第二节点中的处理装置的结构框图;如附图13所示。在附图13中,第二节点中的处理装置1300包括第二发射机1301和第二接收机1302。Embodiment 13 illustrates a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a second node according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 13 . In FIG. 13 , the processing device 1300 in the second node includes a second transmitter 1301 and a second receiver 1302 .
第二发射机1301,发送第一信令集合,所述第一信令集合包括至少第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合包括至少一个TCI状态;第一RS资源组被第一节点用于评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述第一RS资源组中包括至少一个RS资源;The second transmitter 1301 sends a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate TCI state set of a first control resource set, the The candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set includes at least one TCI state; the first RS resource group is used by the first node to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs, and the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource ;
第二接收机1302,接收第三信令,所述第三信令是更高层信令;The second receiver 1302 receives third signaling, where the third signaling is higher layer signaling;
实施例13中,所述第一控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态是第一TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中的一个TCI状态;所述第一TCI状态指示至少第一RS资源;至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组,所述第一节点没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS;作为评估发生无线链路失败的响应,所述第三信令被发送。In Embodiment 13, the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state, and the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set; The first TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource; at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS; as Evaluate a response that a wireless link failure occurs, and the third signaling is sent.
作为一个实施例,所述句子至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合是否包括被关联到第一PCI的RS资源被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组。As an embodiment, the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set Whether the RS resource associated to the first PCI is included is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,如果所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中每个TCI状态所包括的RS资源未被关联到第一PCI,所述第一RS资源属于所述第一RS资源组;如果所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中每个TCI状态所包括的RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第一RS资源不属于所述第一RS资源组。As an embodiment, if the RS resource included in each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set is not associated with the first PCI, the first RS resource belongs to the first RS Resource group; if the RS resource included in each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set is associated with the first PCI, the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group .
作为一个实施例,所述第二发射机1301,发送第二信令,所述第二信令包括所述第一控制资源集合的标识和一个TCI状态的标识;As an embodiment, the second transmitter 1301 sends second signaling, where the second signaling includes an identifier of the first control resource set and an identifier of a TCI state;
其中,所述句子至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中TCI状态的标识为所述第二信令所包括的所述一个TCI状态的标识的那个TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是否包括被关联到第一PCI的RS资源被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组;所述第二信令指示所述第一TCI状态被应用于所述第一控制资源集合。Wherein, the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the first TCI state is the first control resource set of the The TCI state identifier in the candidate TCI state set is the TCI state identified by the one TCI state included in the second signaling, and whether the first TCI state includes that the RS resource associated to the first PCI is used For determining whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; the second signaling indicates that the first TCI state is applied to the first set of control resources.
作为一个实施例,所述句子所述第一TCI状态是否包括被关联到第一PCI的RS资源被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:如果所述第一TCI状态不包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源,所述第一RS资源属于所述第一RS资源组;如果所述第一TCI状态包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源,所述第一RS资源不属于所述第一RS资源组。As an embodiment, the sentence whether the first TCI status includes RS resources associated to the first PCI is used to determine whether the first RS resources belong to the first RS resource group includes: if the first A TCI state does not include an RS resource associated to the first PCI, and the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; if the first TCI state includes an RS associated to the first PCI resource, the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,作为接收所述第二信令的响应,第一通知被从所述第三信令的发送者的第一协议层向所述第三信令的发送者的第二协议层传递;所述第二协议层在所述第一协议层之上,所述第二信令是所述第一协议层的信令,所述第一通知被所述第二协议层用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组。As an embodiment, as a response to receiving the second signaling, the first notification is sent from the first protocol layer of the sender of the third signaling to the second protocol layer of the sender of the third signaling transfer; the second protocol layer is above the first protocol layer, the second signaling is the signaling of the first protocol layer, and the first notification is used by the second protocol layer to determine Whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第一信令集合包括Q1个信令,所述Q1是大于1且不大于64的正整数;所述Q1个信令分别对应Q1个控制资源集合,所述Q1个信令中的任一信令指示对应的控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合;所述第一信令是所述Q1个信令中的一个信令,所述第一控制资源集合是所述Q1个控制资源集合中对应所述第一信令的那个控制资源集合;按照首先监测周期从短到长、其次控制资源集合标识从高到低的顺序,仅当在Q2个控制资源集合中排序在所述第一控制资源集合之前的控制资源集合的数量不超过第一数值减1所得的差时,所述第一信令才被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组;所述Q2个控制资源集合是由所述Q1个控制资源集合中没有被关联到所述第一PCI的所有控制资源集合组成,所述第一数值是不小于2且不大于64的正整数。As an embodiment, the first signaling set includes Q1 signaling, and the Q1 is a positive integer greater than 1 and not greater than 64; the Q1 signaling respectively corresponds to Q1 control resource sets, and the Q1 Any signaling in the signaling indicates the candidate TCI state set of the corresponding control resource set; the first signaling is one of the Q1 signalings, and the first control resource set is the Q1 The control resource set corresponding to the first signaling in the control resource sets; according to the order of the first monitoring cycle from short to long, followed by the order of control resource set identifiers from high to low, only when the Q2 control resource sets are sorted in When the number of control resource sets before the first control resource set does not exceed the difference obtained by subtracting 1 from the first value, the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS Resource group: the Q2 control resource sets are composed of all the control resource sets in the Q1 control resource sets that are not associated with the first PCI, and the first value is not less than 2 and not greater than 64 positive integer.
作为一个实施例,所述第二发射机1301包括本申请附图4中的天线420,发射器418,多天线发射处理器471,发射处理器416,控制器/处理器475,存储器476。As an embodiment, the second transmitter 1301 includes the antenna 420 , the transmitter 418 , the multi-antenna transmission processor 471 , the transmission processor 416 , the controller/processor 475 , and the memory 476 shown in FIG. 4 of the present application.
作为一个实施例,所述第二发射机1301包括本申请附图4中的天线420,发射器418,多天线发射处理器471,发射处理器416。As an embodiment, the second transmitter 1301 includes the antenna 420, the transmitter 418, the multi-antenna transmission processor 471, and the transmission processor 416 shown in FIG. 4 of the present application.
作为一个实施例,所述第二发射机1301包括本申请附图4中的天线420,发射器418,发射处理器416。As an embodiment, the second transmitter 1301 includes the antenna 420, the transmitter 418, and the transmitting processor 416 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
作为一个实施例,所述第二接收机1302包括本申请附图4中的天线420,接收器418,多天线接收处理器472,接收处理器470,控制器/处理器475,存储器476。As an embodiment, the second receiver 1302 includes the antenna 420 , the receiver 418 , the multi-antenna receiving processor 472 , the receiving processor 470 , the controller/processor 475 , and the memory 476 shown in FIG. 4 of the present application.
作为一个实施例,所述第二接收机1302包括本申请附图4中的天线420,接收器418,多天线接收处理器472,接收处理器470。As an embodiment, the second receiver 1302 includes the antenna 420, the receiver 418, the multi-antenna receiving processor 472, and the receiving processor 470 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
作为一个实施例,所述第二接收机1302包括本申请附图4中的天线420,接收器418,接收处理器470。As an embodiment, the second receiver 1302 includes the antenna 420 , the receiver 418 , and the receiving processor 470 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
实施例13AExample 13A
实施例13A示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的用于第二节点中的处理装置的结构框图;如附图13所 示。在附图13中,第二节点中的处理装置1300包括第二发射机1301和第二接收机1302。Embodiment 13A illustrates a structural block diagram of a processing device used in a second node according to an embodiment of the present application; as shown in FIG. 13 . In FIG. 13 , the processing device 1300 in the second node includes a second transmitter 1301 and a second receiver 1302 .
第二发射机1301,发送第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一RS资源组,所述第一RS资源组包括第一RS资源子组和第二RS资源子组;所述第一RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第二RS资源子组中的每个RS资源被关联到第二PCI;The second transmitter 1301 sends first signaling, where the first signaling is used to indicate a first RS resource group, where the first RS resource group includes a first RS resource subgroup and a second RS resource subgroup; Each RS resource in the first subgroup of RS resources is associated to a first PCI, and each RS resource in the second subgroup of RS resources is associated to a second PCI;
实施例13A中,不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源被用于评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述不超过L1个RS资源是所述第一RS资源子组的子集,所述不超过L2个RS资源是所述第二RS资源子组的子集;所述L1依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量二者中的至少前者,所述第一小区被所述第一PCI标识;所述L2依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量二者中的至少后者,所述第二小区被所述第二PCI标识。In Embodiment 13A, no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources are used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs, and the no more than L1 RS resources are a subset of the first RS resource subset, The no more than L2 RS resources are a subset of the second RS resource subset; the L1 depends on at least one of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell The former, the first cell is identified by the first PCI; the L2 depends on at least the latter of the maximum number of SSB indexes of the first cell and the maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell, the second The second cell is identified by the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,用于评估是否发生无线链路失败的RS资源的数量不超过L3;所述L3小于所述L1加上所述L2的和,所述L3依赖于第一小区的SSB索引的最大数量和第二小区的SSB索引的最大数量。As an embodiment, the number of RS resources used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the L3 is smaller than the sum of the L1 plus the L2, and the L3 depends on the SSB index of the first cell Maximum number and maximum number of SSB indexes of the second cell.
作为一个实施例,第二节点中的处理装置1300包括:As an embodiment, the processing device 1300 in the second node includes:
第二接收机1302,接收第一消息;其中,用于评估是否发生无线链路失败的RS资源的数量不超过L3;所述第一消息指示所述L3。The second receiver 1302 receives a first message; wherein, the number of RS resources used for evaluating whether a radio link failure occurs does not exceed L3; the first message indicates the L3.
作为一个实施例,所述不超过L1个RS资源中所包括的RS资源的数量不小于第一保留值,所述不超过L2个RS资源中所包括的RS资源的数量不小于第二保留值。As an embodiment, the number of RS resources included in the no more than L1 RS resources is not less than the first reserved value, and the number of RS resources included in the no more than L2 RS resources is not less than the second reserved value .
作为一个实施例,所述第二发射机1301,发送第二信令,所述第二信令被用于指示第一RS资源组中的至少一个RS资源被关联到的PCI;其中,所述第一信令是RRC层消息,所述第二信令是RRC层之下的协议层的消息,所述行为接收第二信令在所述行为根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估是否发生无线链路失败之前;所述第一RS资源组中的所述至少一个RS资源被关联到的所述PCI是所述第一PCI和所述第二PCI二者中之一。As an embodiment, the second transmitter 1301 sends second signaling, where the second signaling is used to indicate the PCI to which at least one RS resource in the first RS resource group is associated; wherein, the The first signaling is an RRC layer message, the second signaling is a protocol layer message under the RRC layer, and the behavior of receiving the second signaling is based on the behavior not exceeding L1 RS resources and not exceeding L2 Before RS resource evaluation occurs, whether a radio link failure occurs; the PCI to which the at least one RS resource in the first RS resource group is associated is one of the first PCI and the second PCI .
作为一个实施例,第二节点中的处理装置1300包括:As an embodiment, the processing device 1300 in the second node includes:
第二接收机1302,接收第三信令;The second receiver 1302 receives the third signaling;
其中,所述第三信令是更高层信令,根据不超过L1个RS资源和不超过L2个RS资源评估发生无线链路失败被用于触发所述第三信令。Wherein, the third signaling is a higher layer signaling, and the radio link failure is evaluated according to no more than L1 RS resources and no more than L2 RS resources, and is used to trigger the third signaling.
作为一个实施例,作为接收所述第二信令的响应,第一通知被从所述第三信令的发送者的第一协议层向所述第三信令的发送者的第二协议层传递;所述第二协议层在所述第一协议层之上,所述第二信令是所述第一协议层的信令,所述第一通知被所述第二协议层用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组。As an embodiment, as a response to receiving the second signaling, the first notification is sent from the first protocol layer of the sender of the third signaling to the second protocol layer of the sender of the third signaling transfer; the second protocol layer is above the first protocol layer, the second signaling is the signaling of the first protocol layer, and the first notification is used by the second protocol layer to determine Whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述第二发射机1301包括本申请附图4中的天线420,发射器418,多天线发射处理器471,发射处理器416,控制器/处理器475,存储器476。As an embodiment, the second transmitter 1301 includes the antenna 420 , the transmitter 418 , the multi-antenna transmission processor 471 , the transmission processor 416 , the controller/processor 475 , and the memory 476 shown in FIG. 4 of the present application.
作为一个实施例,所述第二发射机1301包括本申请附图4中的天线420,发射器418,多天线发射处理器471,发射处理器416。As an embodiment, the second transmitter 1301 includes the antenna 420, the transmitter 418, the multi-antenna transmission processor 471, and the transmission processor 416 shown in FIG. 4 of the present application.
作为一个实施例,所述第二发射机1301包括本申请附图4中的天线420,发射器418,发射处理器416。As an embodiment, the second transmitter 1301 includes the antenna 420, the transmitter 418, and the transmitting processor 416 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
作为一个实施例,所述第二接收机1302包括本申请附图4中的天线420,接收器418,多天线接收处理器472,接收处理器470,控制器/处理器475,存储器476。As an embodiment, the second receiver 1302 includes the antenna 420 , the receiver 418 , the multi-antenna receiving processor 472 , the receiving processor 470 , the controller/processor 475 , and the memory 476 shown in FIG. 4 of the present application.
作为一个实施例,所述第二接收机1302包括本申请附图4中的天线420,接收器418,多天线接收处理器472,接收处理器470。As an embodiment, the second receiver 1302 includes the antenna 420, the receiver 418, the multi-antenna receiving processor 472, and the receiving processor 470 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
作为一个实施例,所述第二接收机1302包括本申请附图4中的天线420,接收器418,接收处理器470。As an embodiment, the second receiver 1302 includes the antenna 420 , the receiver 418 , and the receiving processor 470 shown in FIG. 4 of this application.
实施例14Example 14
实施例14示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的传递第一通知的示意图,如附图14所示。Embodiment 14 illustrates a schematic diagram of delivering the first notification according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 14 .
在实施例14中,所述第一节点1400在第一协议层1401向所述第一节点1400在的第二协议层1402发送第一通知;所述第一节点1400在所述第二协议层1402接收所述第一通知;其中所述第二信令被用于触发所述第一通知。In Embodiment 14, the first node 1400 sends a first notification at the first protocol layer 1401 to the second protocol layer 1402 at which the first node 1400 is located; the first node 1400 at the second protocol layer 1402 Receive the first notification; wherein the second signaling is used to trigger the first notification.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通知被用于确定所述第二信令被接收。As an embodiment, the first notification is used to determine that the second signaling is received.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通知被用于指示所述第一RS资源是否被关联到第一PCI。As an embodiment, the first notification is used to indicate whether the first RS resource is associated with the first PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通知被用于指示所述第一RS资源是否被关联到第二PCI。As an embodiment, the first notification is used to indicate whether the first RS resource is associated with the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通知被用于指示所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组。As an embodiment, the first notification is used to indicate whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一节点1400的服务小区的SSB索引的最大数量大于4。As a sub-embodiment of the foregoing embodiment, the maximum number of SSB indexes of the serving cell of the first node 1400 is greater than four.
作为一个实施例,第二协议层1402根据所述第一通知确定是否所述第一控制资源集合是否被关联到所述第一PCI。As an embodiment, the second protocol layer 1402 determines whether the first set of control resources is associated with the first PCI according to the first notification.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,所述第一节点1400的服务小区的SSB索引的最大数量为4,如果第二协议层1402根据所述第一通知确定是否所述第一控制资源集合未被关联到所述第一PCI,第二协议层1402按照首先监测周期从短到长、其次控制资源集合标识从高到低的顺序确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源集合。As a sub-embodiment of the above-mentioned embodiment, the maximum number of SSB indexes of the serving cell of the first node 1400 is 4, if the second protocol layer 1402 determines whether the first control resource set is not Associated with the first PCI, the second protocol layer 1402 determines whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource set in the order of monitoring period from short to long, and control resource set identification from high to low .
作为一个实施例,所述第一协议层1401包括MAC层。As an embodiment, the first protocol layer 1401 includes a MAC layer.
作为一个实施例,所述第一协议层1401包括物理层。As an embodiment, the first protocol layer 1401 includes a physical layer.
作为一个实施例,所述第二协议层1402包括RLC层。As an embodiment, the second protocol layer 1402 includes an RLC layer.
作为一个实施例,所述第二协议层1402包括RRC层。As an embodiment, the second protocol layer 1402 includes an RRC layer.
作为一个实施例,所述第一协议层1401在所述第二协议层1402之下。As an embodiment, the first protocol layer 1401 is below the second protocol layer 1402 .
作为一个实施例,所述第一协议层1401是所述第二协议层1402的更下层(lowerlayer)。As an embodiment, the first protocol layer 1401 is a lower layer (lower layer) of the second protocol layer 1402 .
作为一个实施例,所述第二协议层1402是所述第一协议层1401的更上层(upperlayer)。As an embodiment, the second protocol layer 1402 is an upper layer (upper layer) of the first protocol layer 1401 .
作为一个实施例,所述第一协议层1401是物理层,所述第二协议层1402是RRC层。As an embodiment, the first protocol layer 1401 is a physical layer, and the second protocol layer 1402 is an RRC layer.
作为一个实施例,所述第一协议层1401是MAC层,所述第二协议层1402是RRC层。As an embodiment, the first protocol layer 1401 is a MAC layer, and the second protocol layer 1402 is an RRC layer.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通知是一个协议层之间的消息。As an embodiment, the first notification is a message between protocol layers.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通知不是空口消息。As an embodiment, the first notification is not an air interface message.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通知在所述第一节点1400内部传递。As an embodiment, the first notification is delivered within the first node 1400 .
作为一个实施例,所述附图14仅为说明所述第一协议层1401和所述第二协议层1402属于所述第一节点1400;所述第一节点1400中还包括除了所述第一协议层1401和所述第二协议层1402之外的协议层或者组成部分。As an example, the accompanying drawing 14 only illustrates that the first protocol layer 1401 and the second protocol layer 1402 belong to the first node 1400; the first node 1400 also includes A protocol layer or component other than the protocol layer 1401 and the second protocol layer 1402 .
作为一个实施例,所述第一通知被用于指示至少一个RS资源被关联的PCI从第一PCI切换到第二PCI。As an embodiment, the first notification is used to indicate that the associated PCI of the at least one RS resource is switched from the first PCI to the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第一通知被用于指示至少一个RS资源被关联的PCI从第二PCI切换到第一PCI。As an embodiment, the first notification is used to indicate that the associated PCI of the at least one RS resource is switched from the second PCI to the first PCI.
作为一个实施例,第二协议层1402根据所述第一通知确定是否重新选择所述不超过L1个RS资源,或者是否重新选择所述不超过L2个RS资源。As an embodiment, the second protocol layer 1402 determines whether to reselect the no more than L1 RS resources or whether to reselect the no more than L2 RS resources according to the first notification.
作为上述实施例的一个子实施例,如果重新选择,如果第二协议层1402根据所述第一通知确定是否所述第一控制资源集合未被关联到所述第一PCI,第二协议层1402按照首先监测周期从短到长、其次控制资源集合标识从高到低的顺序确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源集合。As a sub-embodiment of the above-mentioned embodiment, if it is reselected, if the second protocol layer 1402 determines whether the first set of control resources is not associated with the first PCI according to the first notification, the second protocol layer 1402 Whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource set is determined in the order of monitoring period from short to long, and control resource set ID from high to low.
作为一个实施例,所述第一协议层1401包括MAC层,所述第二协议层1402包括RRC层。As an embodiment, the first protocol layer 1401 includes a MAC layer, and the second protocol layer 1402 includes an RRC layer.
作为一个实施例,所述第一协议层1401包括MAC层,所述第二协议层1402包括物理层。As an embodiment, the first protocol layer 1401 includes a MAC layer, and the second protocol layer 1402 includes a physical layer.
作为一个实施例,所述第一协议层1401是物理层,所述第二协议层1402是MAC层。As an embodiment, the first protocol layer 1401 is a physical layer, and the second protocol layer 1402 is a MAC layer.
实施例15Example 15
实施例15示例了根据本申请的一个实施例的一个RS资源在时域上的示意图,如附图15所示。所述一个RS资源是周期性的,附图15中,W1、W2、W3、W4和W5填充的方格代表了所述一个RS资源在时域上的周期性出现的位置。 Embodiment 15 illustrates a schematic diagram of an RS resource in the time domain according to an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 15 . The one RS resource is periodic. In FIG. 15 , the squares filled with W1, W2, W3, W4 and W5 represent the periodic occurrence position of the one RS resource in the time domain.
作为一个实施例,第一节点接收第一MAC CE,所述第一MAC CE指示所述一个RS资源被关联的PCI从第一PCI转变成第二PCI。As an embodiment, the first node receives a first MAC CE, where the first MAC CE indicates that the PCI associated with the one RS resource is changed from the first PCI to the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,附图15中的第一时刻是所述第一MAC CE的接收时刻。As an embodiment, the first moment in FIG. 15 is the receiving moment of the first MAC CE.
作为一个实施例,附图15中的第一时刻是所述第一MAC CE所指示的所述一个RS资源被关联到所述第二PCI的生效时刻。As an embodiment, the first moment in FIG. 15 is the effective moment when the one RS resource indicated by the first MAC CE is associated with the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,作为接收所述第一MAC CE的响应,所述一个RS资源被确定属于第一RS资源组。As an embodiment, as a response to receiving the first MAC CE, the one RS resource is determined to belong to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,第一节点接收第一DCI,所述第一DCI指示所述一个RS资源被关联的PCI从第一PCI转变成第二PCI。As an embodiment, the first node receives the first DCI, where the first DCI indicates that the PCI associated with the one RS resource is changed from the first PCI to the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第一DCI是用于下行授予(Downlink Grant)的DCI。As an embodiment, the first DCI is a DCI for a downlink grant (Downlink Grant).
作为一个实施例,所述第一DCI是组公共(Group Common)DCI。As an embodiment, the first DCI is a group common (Group Common) DCI.
作为一个实施例,附图15中的第一时刻是所述第一DCI的接收时刻。As an embodiment, the first moment in FIG. 15 is the receiving moment of the first DCI.
作为一个实施例,附图15中的第一时刻是所述第一DCI所指示的所述一个RS资源被关联到所述第二PCI的生效时刻。As an embodiment, the first moment in FIG. 15 is the effective moment when the one RS resource indicated by the first DCI is associated with the second PCI.
作为一个实施例,作为接收所述第一MAC CE的响应,所述一个RS资源被确定属于第一RS资源组。As an embodiment, as a response to receiving the first MAC CE, the one RS resource is determined to belong to the first RS resource group.
作为一个实施例,所述一个RS资源的周期出现中,被关联到不同PCI的出现不能被同时用于一个评估周期内的无线链路失败评估。例如附图15中的所述第一时刻之前的W1不能被用于评估W2/W3/W4所属的评估周期内是否发生无线链路失败。As an embodiment, among the periodic occurrences of one RS resource, the occurrences associated with different PCIs cannot be simultaneously used for wireless link failure evaluation within one evaluation period. For example, W1 before the first moment in FIG. 15 cannot be used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs in the evaluation period to which W2/W3/W4 belongs.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点接收第二MAC CE,所述第二MAC CE指示从生效时刻(例如附图15的第二时刻)开始,所述一个RS资源所关联的PCI从所述第二PCI转变成所述第一PCI。As an embodiment, the first node receives a second MAC CE, and the second MAC CE indicates that starting from the effective moment (for example, the second moment of FIG. 15 ), the PCI associated with the one RS resource starts from the The second PCI transitions to the first PCI.
作为一个实施例,所述第二时刻之后的W5不能被用于W2/W3/W4所属的评估周期内评估是否发生无线链路失败。As an embodiment, W5 after the second moment cannot be used in the evaluation period to which W2/W3/W4 belongs to evaluate whether a wireless link failure occurs.
作为一个实施例,所述第一节点接收第二DCI,所述第二DCI指示从生效时刻(例如附图15的第二时刻)开始,所述一个RS资源所关联的PCI从所述第二PCI转变成所述第一PCI。As an embodiment, the first node receives the second DCI, and the second DCI indicates that the PCI associated with the one RS resource starts from the effective moment (for example, the second moment in Fig. 15 ) from the second DCI The PCI transitions to the first PCI.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解上述方法中的全部或部分步骤可以通过程序来指令相关硬件完成,所述程序可以存储于计算机可读存储介质中,如只读存储器,硬盘或者光盘等。可选的,上述实施例的全部或部分步骤也可以使用一个或者多个集成电路来实现。相应的,上述实施例中的各模块单元,可以采用硬件形式实现,也可以由软件功能模块的形式实现,本申请不限于任何特定形式的软件和硬件的结合。本申请中的用户设备、终端和UE包括但不限于无人机,无人机上的通信模块,遥控飞机,飞行器,小型飞机,手机,平板电脑,笔记本,车载通信设备,无线传感器,上网卡,物联网终端,RFID终端,NB-IOT终端,MTC(Machine Type Communication,机器类型通信)终端,eMTC(enhanced MTC,增强的MTC)终端,数据卡,上网卡,车载通信设备,低成本手机,低成本平板电脑等无线通信设备。本申请中的基站或者系统设备包括但不限于宏蜂窝基站,微蜂窝基站,家庭基站,中继基站,gNB(NR节点B)NR节点B,TRP(Transmitter Receiver Point,发送接收节点)等无线通信设备。Those skilled in the art can understand that all or part of the steps in the above method can be completed by instructing related hardware through a program, and the program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, such as a read-only memory, a hard disk or an optical disk. Optionally, all or part of the steps in the foregoing embodiments may also be implemented using one or more integrated circuits. Correspondingly, each module unit in the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software function modules, and the present application is not limited to any specific combination of software and hardware. The user equipment, terminal and UE in this application include but are not limited to drones, communication modules on drones, remote control aircraft, aircraft, small aircraft, mobile phones, tablet computers, notebooks, vehicle communication equipment, wireless sensors, network cards, Internet of things terminal, RFID terminal, NB-IOT terminal, MTC (Machine Type Communication, machine type communication) terminal, eMTC (enhanced MTC, enhanced MTC) terminal, data card, network card, vehicle communication equipment, low-cost mobile phone, low-cost cost tablet PCs and other wireless communication devices. The base station or system equipment in this application includes but not limited to macrocell base station, microcell base station, home base station, relay base station, gNB (NR Node B) NR Node B, TRP (Transmitter Receiver Point, sending and receiving node) and other wireless communication equipment.
以上所述,仅为本申请的较佳实施例而已,并非用于限定本申请的保护范围。凡在本申请的精神和原则之内,所做的任何修改,等同替换,改进等,均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。The above descriptions are only preferred embodiments of the present application, and are not intended to limit the protection scope of the present application. Any modifications, equivalent replacements, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and principles of this application shall be included within the protection scope of this application.

Claims (11)

  1. 被用于无线通信的第一节点,其特征在于,包括:The first node used for wireless communication is characterized by comprising:
    第一接收机,接收第一信令集合,所述第一信令集合包括至少第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合包括至少一个TCI状态;根据第一RS资源组评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述第一RS资源组中包括至少一个RS资源;The first receiver receives a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate TCI state set of a first control resource set, the first signaling set The candidate TCI state set of a control resource set includes at least one TCI state; evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs according to a first RS resource group, and the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource;
    其中,所述第一控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态是第一TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中的一个TCI状态;所述第一TCI状态指示至少第一RS资源;至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组,所述第一节点没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS。Wherein, the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state, and the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set; the first The TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource; at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的第一节点,其特征在于,所述句子至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合是否包括被关联到第一PCI的RS资源被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组。The first node according to claim 1, wherein the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the first Whether the candidate TCI state set of the control resource set includes an RS resource associated to a first PCI is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的第一节点,其特征在于,如果所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中每个TCI状态所包括的RS资源未被关联到第一PCI,所述第一RS资源属于所述第一RS资源组;如果所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中每个TCI状态所包括的RS资源被关联到第一PCI,所述第一RS资源不属于所述第一RS资源组。The first node according to claim 2, wherein if the RS resource included in each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set is not associated with the first PCI, the The first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; if the RS resource included in each TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set is associated with the first PCI, the first RS The resources do not belong to the first RS resource group.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一权利要求所述的第一节点,其特征在于,包括:The first node according to any one of claims 1 to 3, comprising:
    所述第一接收机,接收第二信令,所述第二信令包括所述第一控制资源集合的标识和一个TCI状态的标识;The first receiver receives second signaling, where the second signaling includes an identifier of the first control resource set and an identifier of a TCI state;
    其中,所述句子至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中TCI状态的标识为所述第二信令所包括的所述一个TCI状态的标识的那个TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是否包括被关联到第一PCI的RS资源被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组;所述第二信令指示所述第一TCI状态被应用于所述第一控制资源集合。Wherein, the sentence that at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group includes: the first TCI state is the first control resource set of the The TCI state identifier in the candidate TCI state set is the TCI state identified by the one TCI state included in the second signaling, and whether the first TCI state includes that the RS resource associated to the first PCI is used For determining whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; the second signaling indicates that the first TCI state is applied to the first set of control resources.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的第一节点,其特征在于,所述句子所述第一TCI状态是否包括被关联到第一PCI的RS资源被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组包括:如果所述第一TCI状态不包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源,所述第一RS资源属于所述第一RS资源组;如果所述第一TCI状态包括被关联到所述第一PCI的RS资源,所述第一RS资源不属于所述第一RS资源组。The first node according to claim 4, wherein the sentence whether the first TCI state includes an RS resource associated to the first PCI is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first PCI An RS resource group includes: if the first TCI state does not include RS resources associated to the first PCI, the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; if the first TCI state includes The RS resource associated with the first PCI, the first RS resource does not belong to the first RS resource group.
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的第一节点,其特征在于,包括:The first node according to claim 4 or 5, comprising:
    所述第一接收机,作为接收所述第二信令的响应,从第一协议层向第二协议层传递第一通知;The first receiver, in response to receiving the second signaling, transmits a first notification from the first protocol layer to the second protocol layer;
    其中,所述第二协议层在所述第一协议层之上,所述第二信令是所述第一协议层的信令,所述第一通知被所述第二协议层用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组。Wherein, the second protocol layer is above the first protocol layer, the second signaling is the signaling of the first protocol layer, and the first notification is used by the second protocol layer to determine Whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group.
  7. 根据权利要求2至6中任一权利要求所述的第一节点,其特征在于,所述第一信令集合包括Q1个信令,所述Q1是大于1且不大于64的正整数;所述Q1个信令分别对应Q1个控制资源集合,所述Q1个信令中的任一信令指示对应的控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合;所述第一信令是所述Q1个信令中的一个信令,所述第一控制资源集合是所述Q1个控制资源集合中对应所述第一信令的那个控制资源集合;按照首先监测周期从短到长、其次控制资源集合标识从高到低的顺序,仅当在Q2个控制资源集合中排序在所述第一控制资源集合之前的控制资源集合的数量不超过第一数值减1所得的差时,所述第一信令才被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组;所述Q2个控制资源集合是由所述Q1个控制资源集合中没有被关联到所述第一PCI的所有控制资源集合组成,所述第一数值是不小于2且不大于64的正整数。The first node according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein the first signaling set includes Q1 signaling, and the Q1 is a positive integer greater than 1 and not greater than 64; The Q1 signalings respectively correspond to the Q1 control resource sets, and any one of the Q1 signalings indicates a candidate TCI state set of the corresponding control resource set; the first signaling is the Q1 signaling One of the signaling, the first control resource set is the control resource set corresponding to the first signaling among the Q1 control resource sets; according to the first monitoring cycle from short to long, and secondly, the control resource set identification from In the order from high to low, the first signaling is executed only when the number of control resource sets that are ranked before the first control resource set among the Q2 control resource sets does not exceed the difference obtained by subtracting 1 from the first value. It is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group; the Q2 control resource sets are all control resources that are not associated with the first PCI in the Q1 control resource sets The first value is a positive integer not less than 2 and not greater than 64.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一权利要求所述的第一节点,其特征在于,包括:The first node according to any one of claims 1 to 7, comprising:
    第一发射机,作为评估发生无线链路失败的响应,发送第三信令;The first transmitter sends a third signaling as a response to assessing the occurrence of a wireless link failure;
    其中,所述第三信令是更高层信令。Wherein, the third signaling is higher layer signaling.
  9. 被用于无线通信的第二节点,其特征在于,包括:The second node used for wireless communication is characterized by comprising:
    第二发射机,发送第一信令集合,所述第一信令集合包括至少第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合包括至少一个TCI 状态;其中,第一RS资源组被用于评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述第一RS资源组中包括至少一个RS资源;The second transmitter sends a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate TCI state set of a first control resource set, the first signaling set The candidate TCI state set of a control resource set includes at least one TCI state; wherein, the first RS resource group is used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs, and the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource;
    第二接收机,接收第三信令,所述第三信令是更高层信令;The second receiver receives third signaling, where the third signaling is higher layer signaling;
    其中,所述第一控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态是第一TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中的一个TCI状态;所述第一TCI状态指示至少第一RS资源;至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组,所述第三信令的发送者没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS;作为评估发生无线链路失败的响应,所述第三信令被发送。Wherein, the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state, and the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set; the first The TCI state indicates at least the first RS resource; at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the sender of the third signaling is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS; The third signaling is sent in response to assessing the occurrence of a radio link failure.
  10. 被用于无线通信的第一节点中的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method used in a first node for wireless communication, characterized by comprising:
    接收第一信令集合,所述第一信令集合包括至少第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合包括至少一个TCI状态;receiving a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least a first signaling, and the first signaling is used to indicate a candidate TCI state set of a first set of control resources, and the set of TCI states of the first set of control resources The set of candidate TCI states includes at least one TCI state;
    根据第一RS资源组评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述第一RS资源组中包括至少一个RS资源;Evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs according to the first RS resource group, where the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource;
    其中,所述第一控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态是第一TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中的一个TCI状态;所述第一TCI状态指示至少第一RS资源;至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组,所述第一节点没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS。Wherein, the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state, and the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set; the first The TCI state indicates at least a first RS resource; at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the first node is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS.
  11. 被用于无线通信的第二节点中的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method in a second node for wireless communication, characterized by comprising:
    发送第一信令集合,所述第一信令集合包括至少第一信令,所述第一信令被用于指示第一控制资源集合的候选TCI状态集合,所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合包括至少一个TCI状态;其中,第一RS资源组被用于评估是否发生无线链路失败,所述第一RS资源组中包括至少一个RS资源;sending a first signaling set, the first signaling set includes at least first signaling, the first signaling is used to indicate the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set, the first control resource set The candidate TCI state set includes at least one TCI state; wherein, the first RS resource group is used to evaluate whether a radio link failure occurs, and the first RS resource group includes at least one RS resource;
    接收第三信令,所述第三信令是更高层信令;receiving third signaling, where the third signaling is higher layer signaling;
    其中,所述第一控制资源集合的活跃TCI状态是第一TCI状态,所述第一TCI状态是所述第一控制资源集合的所述候选TCI状态集合中的一个TCI状态;所述第一TCI状态指示至少第一RS资源;至少所述第一信令被用于确定所述第一RS资源是否属于所述第一RS资源组,所述三信令的发送者没有被配置RadioLinkMonitoringRS;作为评估发生无线链路失败的响应,所述第三信令被发送。Wherein, the active TCI state of the first control resource set is a first TCI state, and the first TCI state is a TCI state in the candidate TCI state set of the first control resource set; the first The TCI state indicates at least the first RS resource; at least the first signaling is used to determine whether the first RS resource belongs to the first RS resource group, and the sender of the three signalings is not configured with RadioLinkMonitoringRS; as Evaluate a response that a wireless link failure occurs, and the third signaling is sent.
PCT/CN2022/110571 2021-08-08 2022-08-05 Method and apparatus used in communication node for radio communication WO2023016374A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202280006930.0A CN116438831A (en) 2021-08-08 2022-08-05 Method and arrangement in a communication node used for wireless communication

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110905056.1 2021-08-08
CN202110905056 2021-08-08
CN202110913753.1 2021-08-10
CN202110913753 2021-08-10
CN202110922866.8A CN115913480B (en) 2021-08-12 2021-08-12 Method and arrangement in a communication node used for wireless communication
CN202110922866.8 2021-08-12

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023016374A1 true WO2023016374A1 (en) 2023-02-16

Family

ID=85200555

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/110571 WO2023016374A1 (en) 2021-08-08 2022-08-05 Method and apparatus used in communication node for radio communication

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116438831A (en)
WO (1) WO2023016374A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019069236A1 (en) * 2017-10-02 2019-04-11 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Efficient srs resource indication methods
CN110312276A (en) * 2018-03-27 2019-10-08 维沃移动通信有限公司 The method and apparatus for determining wave beam failure detection reference signal BFD RS resource
CN112703797A (en) * 2018-09-28 2021-04-23 高通股份有限公司 Association of transmission configuration indicator status with physical cell identity

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019069236A1 (en) * 2017-10-02 2019-04-11 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Efficient srs resource indication methods
CN110312276A (en) * 2018-03-27 2019-10-08 维沃移动通信有限公司 The method and apparatus for determining wave beam failure detection reference signal BFD RS resource
CN112703797A (en) * 2018-09-28 2021-04-23 高通股份有限公司 Association of transmission configuration indicator status with physical cell identity

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116438831A (en) 2023-07-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020057362A1 (en) Method and device used in wireless communication node
US20230300936A1 (en) Method and device for wireless communication
CN114258073A (en) Method and arrangement in a communication node used for wireless communication
WO2023051406A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in wireless communication node
WO2023280192A1 (en) Method and apparatus in communication node used for wireless communication
WO2022242617A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in node for radio communication
WO2022105910A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in communication node for wireless communication
WO2023016374A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in communication node for radio communication
CN115696422A (en) Method and arrangement in a communication node used for wireless communication
CN115603873A (en) Method and arrangement in a communication node used for wireless communication
CN115913480B (en) Method and arrangement in a communication node used for wireless communication
CN113543369A (en) Method and equipment used for wireless communication
WO2023138486A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in communication node for wireless communication
WO2023041080A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in communication node for wireless communication
WO2023045864A1 (en) Method and apparatus in communication node for wireless communication
WO2023207604A1 (en) Method and device used in communication node for wireless communication
WO2023134591A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in wireless communication
WO2023016375A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in communication node for radio communication
WO2024120139A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in communication node for wireless communication
WO2024104208A1 (en) Method and apparatus used in communication node for radio communication
WO2023207709A1 (en) Method and device used in communication node for wireless communication
WO2024140675A1 (en) Method and device used for wireless communication
CN113498134B (en) Method and arrangement in a communication node used for wireless communication
WO2023005964A1 (en) Method and apparatus for communication node used in radio communication
WO2023040921A1 (en) Method and an apparatus for use in node for wireless communication

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22855355

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22855355

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1